msi-20231231

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_____________________________

FORM 10-K

_____________________________


☒			ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023


☐			TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File number 1-7221

_____________________________

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_____________________________


Delaware						36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)						(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

(847) 576-5000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock

$0.01

Par Value

MSI

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☒

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐

Smaller reporting company

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2023 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $43.0 billion.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, outstanding as of February 5, 2024 was 166,132,981.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with its 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement"), to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Form 10-K").


TABLE OF CONTENTS
			Page
PART I			3
Item 1. Business			3
Overview			3
Business Organization			4
Customers and Contracts			6
Competition			7
Other Information			7
Backlog			7
Research and Development			9
Intellectual Property Matters			9
Inventory and Raw Materials			9
Government Regulations			10
Human Capital Management			10
Material Dispositions			11
Available Information			11
Item 1A. Risk Factors			13
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments			24
I tem 1C. Cybersecurity			24
Item 2. Properties			26
Item 3. Legal Proceedings			26
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures			26
Information about our Executive Officers			26
PART II			28
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities			28
Item 6. [Reserved]			30
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			31
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk			51
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data			53
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure			101
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures			101
Item 9B. Other Information			101
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections			101
PART III			102
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance			102
Item 11. Executive Compensation			102
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters			102
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence			102
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services			102
PART IV			103
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules			103
15(a)(1) Financial Statements			103
15(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules			103
15(a)(3) Exhibits			103
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary			107
Signatures			108

Throughout this Form 10-K we “incorporate by reference” certain information in parts of other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such information.

“Motorola Solutions” (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) means Motorola Solutions, Inc. or Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or one of our segments, as the context requires. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo, as well as iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements in this Form 10-K which are not historical in nature are forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates” and similar expressions. We can give no assurance that any future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent our views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this Form 10-K. Some of these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K and those described elsewhere in this Form 10-K or in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Business,” about: (a) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (b) future product development and the demand for, growth related to, and benefits of, new products, (c) customer spending and behavior and requests for vendor financing, (d) the impact of our strategy and focus areas, (e) the impact from the loss of key customers, (f) increased competition and our competitive position, (g) our practice of subcontracting work to other companies to fulfill customer needs, (h) the impact of existing and future regulatory matters (including with respect to climate change) on our business, (i) the firmness of each segment's backlog and recognizing backlog as revenue, (j) the competitiveness of the patent portfolio, (k) the impact of research and development, (l) the availability, costs and inventory levels of materials and components, energy supplies and labor and the impact of such availability, costs and inventory levels, and (m) our human capital management strategy and philosophy; (2) "Risk Factors," about potential impacts of the risks we face; (3) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters and timing; (4) "Cybersecurity," about potential impacts of risks from cybersecurity threats; (5) “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” about: (a) the availability and costs of materials and components (including inventory levels) and the impact of such availability and costs (including our actions in response to such availability and costs), (b) the impact of global economic and political conditions on our business, (c) the impact on our business of the United Kingdom’s Competition and Markets Authority’s remedies order regarding Airwave (including our actions in response), (d) the impact of acquisitions on our business, (e) the impact of existing and future laws, regulations, international treaties and industry standards relating to climate change on our business, (f) market growth/contraction, demand, spending and resulting opportunities, (g) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (h) expected impacts to operating leverage, (i) the growth of sales opportunities in our LMR Communications, Video Security and Access Control and Command Center technologies, (j) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares, (k) the impact and success of our business strategy and portfolio, (l) future payments, charges, and use of accruals associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (m) future exit costs related to our exit of the Emergency Services Network contract with the Home Office of the United Kingdom, (n) our ability and cost to repatriate funds, (o) the liquidity of our investments, (p) our ability and cost to access the capital markets, (q) our repurchase of $1.0 billion of 1.75% convertible notes due 2024 issued to Silver Lake Partners, (r) our ability to borrow and the amount available under our credit facilities, (s) adequacy of internal resources to fund expected working capital, capital expenditure and cash requirements, (t) expected payments pursuant to commitments under agreements and other obligations in the short-term and long-term, (u) the ability to meet minimum purchase obligations, (v) the impact of contractual damage claims exceeding the underlying contract value, (w) our ability to sell accounts receivable and the terms and amounts of such sales, (x) the outcome and effect of ongoing and future legal proceedings, and (y) the impact of the adoption of accounting pronouncements on our financial results; and (5) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency risk, (b) the impact of interest rate risk, and (c) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company.

PART I

Item 1: Business

Overview

Motorola Solutions is solving for safer. Every day we come to work solving for safer communities, safer schools, safer hospitals, safer businesses, safer everywhere. We are a global leader in public safety and enterprise security, grounded in nearly 100 years of close customer and community collaboration. We design and advance technology for more than 100,000 public safety and enterprise customers in over 100 countries. We are driven by our commitment to help make everywhere safer for all.

We are building an ecosystem of safety and security technologies that helps protect people, property and places, which include Land Mobile Radio Communications ("LMR" or "LMR Communications"), Video Security and Access Control ("Video")

and Command Center. Across all three technologies, we offer cloud-based and hybrid solutions, cybersecurity services, software and subscriptions services as well as managed and support services.

We are connecting public safety agencies and enterprises to enable the collaboration that is critical for a proactive approach to safety and security. In addition to our support of police, fire and other emergency responders, we have a growing base of enterprise customers, such as schools, hospitals and stadiums. We support the intersection of public, private and people, connecting those in need with those who can help.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as the successor to an Illinois corporation, Motorola, Inc., organized in 1928. We changed our name from Motorola, Inc. to Motorola Solutions, Inc. on January 4, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 500 W. Monroe St., Chicago, Illinois 60661.

Business Organization

We manage our business organizationally through two segments: “Products and Systems Integration” and “Software and Services.” Within these segments, we have principal product lines that also follow our three major technologies:

•LMR Communications: Infrastructure, devices (two-way radio and broadband, including both for public safety and professional and commercial radio ("PCR")) and software that enable communications, inclusive of installation and integration, backed by services, to assure availability, security and resiliency;

•Video: Cameras (fixed, body-worn, in-vehicle), access control, infrastructure, video management, software and artificial intelligence ("AI")-powered analytics that help enable visibility and bring attention to what’s important; and

•Command Center: Command center solutions and software applications that unify voice, video, data and analytics from public safety agencies, enterprises and the community to create a broad informational view to help simplify workflows and improve the accuracy and speed of decisions.

The Company has invested across these three technologies organically and through acquisitions to evolve its LMR focus and expand its safety and security products and services.

Our strategy is to generate value through our technologies that help meet the changing needs of our customers around the world in protecting people, property and places. While each technology individually strives to make users safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes for our customers when we unite these technologies to work together. Our goal is to help remove silos and barriers between people and technologies, so that data unifies, information flows, operations run and collaboration improves to help strengthen safety and security everywhere. One example of this collaboration is highlighted by a school setting. When a teacher presses a panic button on a phone, this can automatically notify local law enforcement of an emergency, trigger a lockdown to secure all entries, share live video feeds with first responders and send mass notifications to key stakeholders inside and outside the school, helping schools to detect, respond and resolve safety and security threats.

The principal products within each segment, by technology, are described below:

Products and Systems Integration Segment

In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $6.2 billion, representing 63% of our consolidated net sales.

LMR Communications

Our LMR Communications technology includes infrastructure and devices for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across two-way radio, WiFi and public and private broadband networks. We are a global leader in the two-way radio category, including Project 25 (P25), Terrestrial Trunked Radio (“TETRA”) and Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other PCR solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in both low-band and mid-band frequencies, including Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies.

We believe that public safety agencies and enterprises continue to trust LMR communications systems and devices because they are purpose-built and designed for reliability, availability, security and resiliency to withstand the most challenging conditions.

By extending our two-way radios with broadband data capabilities, we strive to provide our customers with greater functionality and multimedia access to the information and data they need in their workflows. Examples include application services such as GPS location to better protect lone workers, job dispatch to share detailed information and over-the-air programming to optimize device uptime. Our view is that complementary data applications such as these enable government, public safety and enterprise customers to work more efficiently and safely, while maintaining their mission-critical voice communications to remain connected and working in collaboration with others.

Primary sources of revenue for this technology come from selling devices and building communications networks, including infrastructure, installation and integration with our customers’ technology environments. The LMR technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 82% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Video

systems, healthcare centers, public venues, commercial real estate, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and local law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize video security and access control to verify critical events or incidents in real-time and to provide data to investigate an event or incident after it happens.

Our view is that government and public safety customers in particular are increasingly turning to video security technologies, including fixed and mobile cameras, to increase visibility, accountability and safety for citizens, communities and first responders alike. Additionally, we believe that government, public safety agencies and enterprises are increasingly turning to scalable, cloud-based multi-factor authentication access control to make their facilities more secure.

The Video technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 18% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Software and Services Segment

In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.7 billion, representing 37% of our consolidated net sales.

LMR Communications

LMR Communications services include support and managed services, which offer a broad continuum of support for our customers. Support services include repair and replacement, technical support and preventative maintenance, and more advanced offerings such as system monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operational support of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned communications networks. Our customers’ systems often have multi-year or multi-decade lifespans that help drive demand for software upgrades, device and infrastructure refresh opportunities, as well as additional services to monitor, manage, maintain and secure these complex networks and solutions. We strive to deliver services to our customers that help improve performance across their systems, devices and applications for greater safety and productivity.

Given the mission-critical nature of our customers’ operational environments, we aim to design the LMR networks they rely on for availability, security and resiliency. We have a comprehensive approach to system upgrades that addresses hardware, software and implementation services. As new system releases become available, we work with our customers to upgrade software, hardware, or both, with respect to site controllers, comparators, routers, LAN switches, servers, dispatch consoles, logging equipment, network management terminals, network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors, on-site or remotely.

The LMR technology within the Software and Services segment represented 64% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Video

Video software includes video network management software, decision management and digital evidence management software, certain mobile video equipment, and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition. Our software is designed to complement video hardware systems, providing end-to-end video security to help keep people, property and places safe.

Our video network management software is embedded with AI-powered analytics to deliver operational insights to our customers by bringing attention to important events within their video footage. Given the growing volume of video content, we believe that analytics are critical to deliver meaningful, action-oriented insights. Our view is that these insights can help to proactively detect an important event in real time as well as reactively search video content to detect an important event that occurred in the past. For example, AI-powered analytics can highlight unusual behavior such as a person at a facility out of hours, locate a missing child at a theme park with Appearance Search, flag a vehicle of interest at a school through license plate recognition, send an alert through access control if doors are propped open at a hospital, or trigger parallel workflows by activating a school's customized lockdown plan while simultaneously alerting first responders with video footage inside the school.

Our cloud technologies can offer organizations the ability to access, search and manage their video security and access control system from a centralized dashboard, accessible on remote devices such as smartphones and laptops. Additionally, our fixed video systems can be connected to the cloud, providing our customers with the ability to securely access video across their sites from a remote or central monitoring location.

Our Video services include our "video-as-a-service" subscription-based offerings for law enforcement, simplifying procurement by bundling hardware and software into a single subscription. For example, body cameras and in-car video systems can be paired with either on-premises or cloud-based digital evidence management software and complementary command center products. Our cloud solutions are also sold as-a-service, available as single-year to multi-year hosted services, supporting our customers with upgrades and software enhancements to help ensure system performance and technological advancement.

The Video technology within the Software and Services segment represented 16% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Command Center

Our Command Center portfolio consists of native cloud, hybrid and on-premises software solutions that support the complex process of the public safety workflow from "911 call to case closure." From the moment a person contacts 911, an array of individuals engage to gather information to coordinate a response and manage the post-incident resolution. These individuals

include dispatchers who route calls to police, fire and emergency medical services, first responders in the field, intelligence analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of information and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.

Additionally, to help ensure that individuals within the public safety workflow can work as efficiently, effectively and safely as possible, we believe it’s important that individuals within enterprise settings and communities can communicate and collaborate directly with public safety agencies, particularly during emergencies. We remain focused on strengthening the intersection of public safety and enterprise security, offering solutions that are designed to help individuals, enterprises and public safety agencies work together and share the information in an effort to help prevent critical incidents from occurring and better inform an emergency response when an incident unfolds.

Our Command Center software supports all of these individuals through the three phases of incident or event: detection, response and resolution. Detection software includes community engagement and alert applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, mass notification, panic buttons that can share real-time incident details and location, 911 call management software (including multimedia and AI-powered language transcription) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Response software includes voice and computer-aided dispatch (CAD) for dispatch and coordinating first response, collaboration software to share operational updates, real-time intelligence software that shows a single, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Resolution software includes centralized records for streamlined reporting and record keeping, evidence management for gathering, managing and sharing multimedia evidence throughout an incident's lifecycle, and investigative tools that uncover connections across records, vehicles and images in an effort to identify crime trends.

Another area of public safety evolution is the increasing adoption of Next Generation 911 Core Services (“NGCS”), a group of products and services needed to create infrastructure connectivity in order to process a 911 call using Next Generation (“NG”) technology. The NG infrastructure is an Emergency Service IP Network ("ESInet"), which can carry voice, data and multimedia. ESInet enables 911 call takers at public safety answering points to respond to text, video and data. Our NGCS can be offered as a managed service and includes call routing, ESInet, location services, geographic information services, cybersecurity and our continuous communications network and security operations center dedicated to public safety.

Command Center also includes interoperability solutions that provide connectivity across LMR and broadband networks to help ensure that communication is not limited by coverage area, network technology or device type. Additionally, Command Center includes push-to-talk ("PTT") devices that deliver voice communications over LTE and Wi-Fi, and advanced back-end systems that enable and manage interoperable communications, capable of scaling from small enterprises to nationwide cellular networks. For example, a two-way radio network can connect with an LTE network, assisting individuals in communicating securely and more easily across technologies. These solutions can provide our public safety customers with the critical interoperability between multiple agencies' networks, facilitating a coordinated response.

Finally, as the Command Center market continues to evolve from on-premises to hybrid and cloud "software-as-a-service" ("SaaS") technologies to improve their operations, reduce response times and increase officer availability, we offer both native cloud-based applications and cloud features that enhance on-premises applications. We believe this flexibility helps our customers to optimize their investments and enhance their systems with the technologies of their choice.

The Command Center technology within the Software and Services segment represented 20% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Our Customers and Contracts

We serve government agencies, state and local public safety agencies, as well as commercial and industrial customers. Our customer base is fragmented and widespread when considering the many levels of government public safety agency and private sector decision-makers that procure and use our products and services. Serving this global customer base spanning federal, state, county, province, territory, municipal, and departmental independent bodies, along with our commercial and industrial customers, requires a significant go-to-market investment.

Our sales model includes both direct sales by our in-house sales force, which tends to focus on our largest accounts, and sales through our channel partner program. Our trained channel partners include independent dealers, distributors and software vendors around the world. The dealers and distributors each have their own sales organizations that complement and extend the reach of our sales force. The independent software vendors offer customized applications that meet specific needs of the customers we serve.

Our largest customers are the U.S. government (through multiple contracts with its various branches and agencies, including the armed services) and the Home Office of the United Kingdom ("the Home Office"), representing approximately 8% and 6% of our consolidated net sales in 2023, respectively. The loss of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and earnings over several quarters as many of our contracts with these governments are long-term in nature. For further discussion of our contracts with the Home Office, see "Part II. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Form 10-K. All contracts with the U.S. government, and certain other government agencies within the U.S., are subject to cancellation at the customer’s convenience. For a discussion of risks related to these contracts and customer relationships, please refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

Payment terms with our customers vary worldwide. Generally, contractual payment terms range from 30 to 45 days from the invoice date within North America and typically do not exceed 90 days from the invoice date in regions outside of North

America. A portion of our contracts include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation, and system acceptance, which generally take 30 to 360 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on completion of the milestones. We generally do not grant extended payment terms. As required for competitive reasons, we may provide long-term financing in connection with equipment purchases. Financing may cover all or a portion of the purchase price. Refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to requests by customers to provide vendor financing.

Generally, our contracts do not include a right of return, other than for standard warranty provisions. Due to customer purchasing patterns and the cyclical nature of the markets we serve, our sales historically have tended to be somewhat higher in the second half of the year, with the fourth quarter being the highest.

Competition

We operate in highly competitive markets that are sensitive to technological advances. Competitive factors in these markets include product quality and reliability, technological capabilities, cost-effectiveness and industry experience. In operating in these competitive markets, we have broadened how we work with our customers, expanding from our global LMR installed base to integrate Video and Command Center. For example, our Command Center suite can integrate our customers’ LMR systems to provide unified voice and data information throughout the critical 911 workflow. Adding Video enables multimedia collaboration and offers visibility for police officers within the command center and in the field. The interplay of technologies, guided by our deep knowledge of the public safety and enterprise workflows, delivers customers one connected system to unify their critical communications, video security, access control, data, and analytics streams.

We experience widespread competition from a growing number of existing and new competitors, including large system integrators and manufacturers of private and public wireless network equipment and devices. As demand for technologies continues to grow, we may face additional competition from public telecommunications carriers and telecommunications equipment providers to small video solutions startups.

Our major competitors within our LMR, Video and Command Center technologies include the following companies:


Technology			Competitor
LMR			Airbus, BK Technologies, Hytera, iCOM, JVCKenwood Corporation, L3Harris Technologies, RCA, Samsung, Sepura, Tait, Zebra
Video			Allegion, Assa Abloy, Axis Communications, Axon Enterprise, Brivo, Dahua Technology Company, dormakaba, Genetec, Hanwha Group, Hikvision, Honeywell, Milestone Systems, Spectrum Brands, Verkada
Command Center			AlertMedia, Axon Enterprise, CentralSquare Technologies, Comtech Telecommunications, Everbridge, Fusus, Genetec, Hexagon, Intrado, Mark43, Omnilert, Onsolve, Oracle Public Safety, Tyler Technologies

Other Information

Backlog

Our backlog includes orders that have been received and are believed to be firm. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, our backlog was as follows:


	December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Products and Systems Integration	$	4,993	$	4,900
Software and Services	9,266		9,447
	$	14,259	$	14,347

Approximately 60% of the Products and Systems Integration segment backlog and 27% of the Software and Services segment backlog is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2024. The firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change. In the fourth quarter of 2023, our backlog in the Software and Services segment was reduced by $777 million related to the Airwave contract with the Home Office, as per the pricing control directed under the remedies order published by the United Kingdom's Competition and Markets Authority (the "CMA") for services contracted through 2026, inclusive of the five month period beginning August 1, 2023. Refer to "Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with the CMA's remedies order.

Recent Acquisitions

Technology

Segment

Acquisition

Description

Purchase Price

Date of Acquisition

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

IPVideo Corporation

Creator of a multifunctional safety and security device.

$170 million and share-based compensation of $5 million

December 15, 2023

Command Center

Software and Services

Rave Mobile Safety, Inc.
("Rave Mobile")

Provider of mass notification and incident management services.

$553 million and share-based compensation of $2 million

December 14, 2022

LMR Communications

Products and Systems Integration

Futurecom Systems Group, ULC

Provider of radio coverage extension solutions.

$30 million

October 25, 2022

LMR Communications

Products and Systems Integration

Barrett Communications Pty Ltd

Provider of specialized radio communications.

$18 million

August 8, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Videotec S.p.A.

Provider of ruggedized video security solutions.

$23 million and share-based compensation of $4 million

May 12, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Software and Services

Calipsa, Inc.

Provider of cloud-native advanced video analytics.

$39 million and share-based compensation of $4 million

April 19, 2022

LMR Communications

Software and Services

TETRA Ireland Communications Limited

Provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service.

$120 million

March 23, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Ava Security Limited

Provider of cloud-native video security and analytics.

$388 million and share-based awards and compensation of $7 million

March 3, 2022

Command Center

Software and Services

911 Datamaster, Inc.

Provider of Next Generation 911 data solutions that help to ensure emergency calls are accurately located and routed based on the caller's location.

$35 million and share-based compensation of $3 million

December 16, 2021

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Envysion, Inc.

Provider of enterprise video security and business analytics.

$124 million and share-based compensation of $1 million

October 29, 2021

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Openpath Security, Inc.

Provider of cloud-based mobile access control.

$298 million and share-based compensation of $29 million

July 15, 2021

Research and Development

We prioritize investments in research and development ("R&D") to expand and improve our products through both new product introductions and continuous enhancements to our core products. Our R&D programs are focused on the development of LMR Communications, Video and Command Center.

R&D expenditures were $858 million in 2023, $779 million in 2022 and $734 million in 2021. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 8,000 employees engaged in R&D activities. In addition, we engage in R&D activities with joint development and manufacturing partners and outsource certain activities to engineering firms to further supplement our internal spend.

Intellectual Property Matters

Patent protection is an important aspect of our operations. We have a portfolio of U.S. and foreign utility and design patents relating to our products, systems and technologies, including developments in radio frequency technology and circuits, wireless network technologies, over-the-air protocols, mission-critical communications, software and services, video security and access control, and next-generation public safety. Each year, we also file new patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent offices.

We license some of our patents to third-parties, but licensing is not a significant source of revenue for our business. We are also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year-to-year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to the license. Motorola Solutions has a royalty-free license under all of the patents and patent applications assigned to Motorola Mobility at the time of the separation of the two businesses in 2011.

We actively participate in the development of standards for interoperable, mission-critical digital two-way radio systems. Our patents are used in standards in which our products and services are based. We offer standards-based licenses to those patents on fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory terms.

We believe that our patent portfolio will continue to provide us with a competitive advantage in our core product areas as well as provide leverage in the development of future technologies. While we are not dependent upon a single patent or even a few patents, we do have patents that protect features and functionality of our products and services. While these patents are important, our success also depends upon our extensive know-how, innovative culture, technological leadership and distribution channels. We do not rely solely on patents or other intellectual property rights to protect or establish our market position; however, we will enforce our intellectual property rights when it is necessary to protect our innovation, or in some cases where attempts to negotiate mutually-agreeable licenses are not successful.

We seek to obtain patents, copyright registrations, and trademark registrations to protect our proprietary positions whenever possible and wherever practical. As of December 31, 2023, we owned approximately 6,560 granted patents in the U.S. and foreign countries and had approximately 775 U.S. and foreign patent applications pending. Foreign patents and patent applications are mostly counterparts of our U.S. patents. During 2023, we were granted approximately 275 patents in the U.S. and in foreign countries.

We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and, since 2010, we have licensed the Motorola Marks from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC. which is currently owned by Motorola Mobility. For a description of the risks we face related to intellectual property, refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

Inventory and Raw Materials

Our practice is to carry inventory levels to meet customers' delivery requirements. In 2023, we reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to 2022, in response to improved supply conditions of semiconductors. We expect to continue to actively manage our inventory levels in the future, including by continuing to carry increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to support increased demand and customer requirements. We provide custom products that require the stocking of inventories and a large variety of piece parts and replacement parts in order to meet delivery and warranty requirements. To the extent supplier product life cycles are shorter than ours, stocking of lifetime buy inventories may be required to meet long-term warranty and contractual requirements. In addition, replacement parts are stocked for delivery on customer demand within a short delivery cycle.

Availability of required materials and components is generally dependable; however, particularly within the semiconductor market, fluctuations in supply and market demand in 2023 continued to cause selective shortages and increased costs driven by the need to purchase semiconductor components from alternative sources, including brokers. Due to the improvements in semiconductor supply in 2023, we reduced our need for alternative sources and brokers as compared to 2022, and we expect continued reductions in 2024. For a description of risks related to our supply chain, including relating to the semiconductor market, refer to “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

We currently procure certain materials and components from single-source vendors. A material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. If certain single-source suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent, it could result in a reduction or interruption in supplies, or an increase in the price of supplies, and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, we import materials and components that are subject to import duties. The duties and tariffs we are subject to do not have a significant impact on our financial results.

Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to our manufacturing facilities and the manufacturing facilities of our largest outsourced manufacturing suppliers. In 2023, we finalized a strategic agreement to sell our video manufacturing operations to a contract manufacturer, including the transfer of employees. As needed, we may subcontract work to other companies to fulfill customer needs in geographical areas that we do not have coverage for or for additional services that we do not provide. For a description of risks related to our use of the services of subcontractors, refer to "Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K.

Natural gas, electricity and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy for our manufacturing operations. Each of these resources is currently in adequate supply for our operations. The cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices and external third-party logistics rates for inbound and outbound air lanes. Difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned resources, or significant cost increases, could affect our financial results.

Government Regulations

Environment, Worker Health and Safety & Climate Regulations

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment and worker health and safety, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites, as well as relating to the protection of the environment. Certain products of ours are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products.

Certain aspects of our operations and supply chain have become, and are expected to become increasingly subject to federal, state, local and international laws, regulations and international treaties and industry standards relating to climate change. For example, in the European Union (the "EU"), the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and EU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or we expect will apply, as applicable, to us in the coming years.

Radio Spectrum Regulations

Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data and video communications services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum is allocated to wireless services, including commercial and public safety users. We manufacture and market products and provide services in spectrum bands already allocated by regulatory bodies. These include voice and data infrastructure, mobile radios and portable or hand-held devices. Consequently, our results could be negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted by regulatory agencies. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The availability of additional radio spectrum may provide new business opportunities. Conversely, the loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands (e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed. Based on growing demands for broadband, regulators continue to consider repurposing narrowband spectrum to broadband.

Telecommunications Regulations

Certain of our offerings include telecommunications or other communications services that are or may be subject to regulation in various federal, state, and international jurisdictions. For example, we are a provider of selective routing services for 911 calls in the US, which subjects us to various regulations including those for 911 service reliability. As another example, we provide WAVE PTX push-to-talk offerings with and without telecommunications connectivity in various countries internationally. Additional types of regulations applicable to our offerings that include telecommunications or other communications services may include certification or licensing requirements, lawful intercept compliance obligations, cybersecurity and incident response obligations, and regulatory fee requirements. If we do not comply with applicable rules and regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, fines, and restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services.

Artificial Intelligence and Biometrics Regulations

The U.S. federal government and many state and local governments have adopted or are considering laws or regulations governing the use of AI and biometrics, including facial recognition and license plate recognition technology, which in some instances cover certain products and services we offer. Similar laws and regulations are being enacted or considered in some jurisdictions outside the U.S., including the EU. Such regulation could impact a number of our products, including video security products that include AI technology.

Compliance with the laws currently in effect described above did not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position in 2021, 2022 and 2023. For a description of the risks we face related to these and other regulatory matters, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.

Human Capital Management

We have a "people first" philosophy. Our employees are our driving force, drawn from all segments of our global society to make a difference for our customers.

As of December 31, 2023, we employed approximately 21,000 people globally with 53% in the North America region and 47% in the International region. Of our total global employees, 40% were employed in engineering.

Our goal is to foster a workplace where our employees feel that their unique perspectives, cultures and abilities contribute to their personal success, as well as our Company’s success. We believe the next big idea can come from anyone, anywhere, at

any time. We offer structured mentorship and rotational programs and invest in employees’ development and training enabling them to network, develop and grow their skills to influence the future of public safety and enterprise security. Employees also have access to a wide variety of technical, functional and professional skills learning resources, including virtual, self-directed courses and on-the-job learning opportunities.

We strive for business growth by creating a supportive, equitable and inclusive environment where employees feel engaged, connected to our business and invested in the collective success of our customers and communities. Our human resources team works with leaders within each business function to perform annual talent reviews to assess the performance of every team member and identify development opportunities, which complement our additional specialized training for such leaders to use our corporate values to guide behaviors and lead teams. This comprehensive process fosters growth across our Company by focusing on our high-potential talent and the rigor of succession plan development for our most critical roles.

As part of our compensation philosophy, we strive to offer and maintain market-competitive wages, incentives and benefits for our employees to attract and retain talent, and we review our rewards programs each year in an effort to ensure they are competitive with local market practices in the industries and countries where we operate. More specifically, our total rewards package for our global employees includes broad-based stock grants and bonuses, an employee stock purchase plan, healthcare, wellness and retirement benefits, paid parental and family leave, commuter benefits, paid time off (including flexible time off for U.S. exempt employees), flexible work options and other assistance and support for employees going through life changing events.

We value diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”), and continue to incorporate DEI practices into our recruiting. We maintain partnerships with organizations that help generate a diverse and inclusive talent pipeline. In 2023, we launched GO ALL INclusive, an initiative aimed at celebrating and promoting our "inclusive" corporate value by highlighting ways in which all employees can reflect, recognize and reward inclusive behaviors. We also grew membership within our eight business councils with the goal of enabling employees from diverse backgrounds to feel a sense of belonging in a supportive community and safe environment. Juneteenth was designated as a paid company holiday for all U.S. employees and added to the U.S. holiday calendar, while National Day for Truth and Reconciliation was designated as a paid company holiday for all Canadian employees and added to the Canadian holiday calendar - both beginning in 2024. Finally, we published demographic data on our DEI website, including regarding employees who self identify as LGBTQ+, Veteran or Persons with Disabilities. The Motorola Solutions Foundation also increased its charitable giving as compared to 2022.

The safety of our employees remains a priority, and we continuously strive to provide a safe and injury-free workplace, using our global environmental, health and safety (“EHS”) management system to ensure program and reporting consistency at all of our sites. Our general approach includes assessing risks and identifying controls through the use of our comprehensive job hazard and risk assessment tool.

Additional information regarding how our purpose and ethics informs our approach to corporate responsibility can be found in our Corporate Responsibility Report, which is available on our website. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate website, including but not limited to our DEI website and our Corporate Responsibility Report, is not incorporated by reference into and is not a part of this Form 10-K.

Material Dispositions

None.

Available Information

We make available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, other reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and all other reports and amendments filed with, or furnished to, the SEC simultaneously or as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Also available free of charge on our website as provided above are the following corporate governance documents:

•Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restated Certificate of Incorporation

•Motorola Solutions, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws

•Board Governance Guidelines

•Director Independence Guidelines

•Principles of Conduct for Members of the Motorola Solutions, Inc. Board of Directors

•Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all Motorola Solutions employees, including the principal executive officers, the principal financial officer and the controller (principal accounting officer)

•Audit Committee Charter

•Compensation and Leadership Committee Charter

•Governance and Nominating Committee Charter

All of our reports and corporate governance documents may also be obtained electronically and without charge by contacting Investor Relations at investors@motorolasolutions.com. Our website (including our DEI website referenced above) and the information contained therein or incorporated therein are not incorporated by reference into and are not a part of this Form 10-K.

Item 1A: Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to our other filings with the SEC and the other information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” section in Part II. Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements in Part II. Item 8. If any of the risks and uncertainties described in the cautionary factors described below actually occur or continue to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and the trading price of our common stock could be materially and adversely affected. These risks may be amplified by the effects of macroeconomic events or developments. Moreover, the risks below are not the only risks we face and additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem immaterial may emerge or become material at any time and may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation or the trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We are subject to complex and changing laws and regulations in various jurisdictions regarding privacy, data protection, information security, and cybersecurity which exposes us to increased costs and potential liabilities in the event of any actual or perceived failure to comply with such legal and compliance obligations and could adversely affect our business.

The EU adopted the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) which took effect on May 25, 2018, harmonizing data protection laws across the EU. The GDPR strengthens individual privacy rights and enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal data. This includes expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of information and mandatory data breach notification requirements. Noncompliance with the GDPR can trigger significant fines.

U.S. federal, state and other foreign governments and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, storage, use, processing and disclosure of personal data. Several state governments within the U.S. have recently enacted their own versions of “GDPR-like” privacy legislation, which has created, and we expect will continue to, create additional compliance challenges, risk, and administrative burden. Comprehensive U.S. federal privacy legislation is also being discussed seriously by lawmakers, and the Federal Trade Commission has commenced a privacy rulemaking that may attempt to implement nationwide rules. These proposals, as well as other standalone federal bills, could restrict the ability of law enforcement to purchase data from private companies. It is possible that a one-size fits all compliance program may be difficult to achieve and manage globally, and that we will be forced to comply with a patchwork of inconsistent privacy regulations.

Also, several other countries in which we operate, including Australia and Brazil, have established legal requirements for cross-border data transfers. There is continued uncertainty concerning rules related to transfers of EU and United Kingdom (“UK”) personal data outside of their respective jurisdictions. There is also an increasing trend towards data localization policies. Cloud-based solutions may be subject to further regulation with respect to data localization requirements and restrictions on the international transfer of data. If countries implement more restrictive regulations for cross-border personal data transfers (or customers do not permit personal data to leave the country of origin), it could affect the manner in which we provide our services or the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, which could adversely impact our business.

In addition, various jurisdictions in which we operate have adopted or are expected to promulgate cybersecurity regulations that would apply directly to our products and services. For example, in the EU, we are subject to, and expect to continue to be subject to, cybersecurity regulations for certain services we provide. These regulations expose us to increased costs to address compliance obligations and potential liability in the event of any failure to comply with such regulations, which could result in fines and penalties, reputational harm, and adversely affect our business. Because the interpretation and application of privacy, data protection, information security and cybersecurity laws are complex and still uncertain; it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing practices or the features of our products, software and services. Any failure or perceived failure by us, our business partners, or third-party service providers to comply with such laws and regulations, or the privacy commitments in contracts, could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others and significant fines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results and harm our reputation.

Existing or future legislation and regulations pertaining to AI, AI-enabled products and the use of biometrics (e.g., facial recognition) or other video analytics that apply to us or to our customers may make it more challenging, costly, or in some cases prohibit certain products or services from being offered or modified and subject us to regulatory and litigation risks and potential liabilities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Current or future legislation and governmental regulations pertaining to AI, AI-enabled products and the use of biometrics or other video analytics may affect how our business is conducted or expose us to unfavorable developments resulting from changes in the regulatory landscape. For example, President Biden’s recent Executive Order on Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy Artificial Intelligence has potentially broad implications on the development and use of AI across agencies within the United States, and could also result in extensive compliance requirements for companies like ours that sell solutions with AI applications. As another example, the AI Act in the EU, which received high-level political agreement in December 2023, and is anticipated to be passed into law by mid-2024, is expected to place severe restrictions on the use of AI for real-time “biometric identification” by law enforcement, and implement significant compliance requirements on the development and use of AI for biometric identification of any kind. If adopted, it is also expected to place compliance requirements on a variety of other AI uses

by law enforcement, as well as on the companies that develop those products, including us. Other such laws are expected to pass around the globe in the coming months and years.

With respect to biometrics and other analytics, laws such as the Biometric Information Privacy Act in Illinois have restricted the collection, use and storage of biometric information and provide a private right of action of persons who are aggrieved by violations of the act. Additionally, laws such as the California automatic license plate recognition (“ALPR”) statute regulate the use of ALPRs and provide a private right of action to persons who have suffered actual damages from violation of the statute. The Federal Trade Commission has increasingly pursued enforcement actions against companies for the misuse of biometric information and the use of facial recognition technology without implementing appropriate safeguards. Such legislation, regulations, and enforcement actions have exposed us to, and we expect that they will continue to expose us to, regulatory and litigation risks.

Legislation and governmental regulations related to AI and the use of biometrics and other video analytics may also influence our current and prospective customers’ activities, as well as their expectations and needs in relation to our products and services. Compliance with these laws and regulations may be onerous and expensive, and may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance and the risk of liability. It is also not clear how existing and future laws and regulations governing issues such as AI, AI-enabled products, biometrics and other video analytics apply or will be enforced with respect to the products and services we sell.

Any such increase in costs or increased risk of liability as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation could individually, or in the aggregate, make our products and services that use AI technologies, biometrics or other video analytics less attractive to our customers, cause us to change or limit our business practices or affect our financial condition and operating results.

Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of private and public safety narrowband and broadband systems or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.

Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data, and video communications services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum is allocated to wireless services, including commercial and public safety users. The global demand for wireless communications has grown exponentially, and spurred competition for access among various networks and users. In response, regulators are reassessing the allocations of spectrum among users, including public safety users, and considering whether to change the allocation of certain spectrum bands from narrowband to broadband use, or to require sharing of spectrum bands. Our results could be negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted by regulators. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands (e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed.

A portion of our business is dependent upon U.S. government contracts and grants, which are highly regulated and subject to disclosure obligations and oversight audits by U.S. government representatives and subject to cancellations. Any such disclosure events, audits or noncompliance with such regulations and laws could result in adverse findings and negatively impact our business.

Our business with or funded by the U.S. government is subject to specific laws and regulations with numerous and unique compliance requirements relating to formation, administration and performance of U.S. federal or federally funded contracts. These requirements, which may increase or change over time, may increase our performance and compliance costs thereby reducing our margins, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. Violations or other failures to comply with these laws, regulations or other compliance requirements could lead to terminations for default, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time or other adverse actions. Such laws, regulations or other compliance requirements include those related to procurement integrity, export control, U.S. government security and information security regulations, supply chain and sourcing requirements and restrictions, employment practices, protection of criminal justice data, protection of the environment, accuracy of records, proper recording of costs, foreign corruption, Trade Agreements Act, Buy America Act, other domestic content requirements, and the False Claims Act.

Generally, in the U.S., government contracts and grants are subject to certain voluntary or mandatory disclosure obligations and oversight audits by government representatives. Such disclosures or audits could result in adjustments to our contracts. For contracts covered by the Cost Accounting Standards, any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract may not be allowed, and such costs already reimbursed may have to be refunded. Future disclosures, audits and adjustments, if required, may materially reduce our revenues or profits upon completion and final negotiation of such disclosure events or audits. Negative disclosure or audit findings could also result in investigations, termination of a contract or grant, forfeiture of profits or reimbursements, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. government. All contracts with the U.S. government can be terminated for convenience by the government at any time.

Certain of our offerings include services that are subject to telecommunications regulations in various jurisdictions, which expose us to increased costs to address compliance obligations and potential liability in the event of any failure to comply with such regulations, which could result in fines and penalties, reputational harm and adversely affect our business.

We are a provider of certain services that include telecommunications in the U.S., including selective routing services for 911 calls. As such, we are subject to certain Federal Communications Commission FCC and possible state regulations relating to telecommunications, including some certification or licensing, service reliability, and regulatory fee requirements. If we do not

comply with these regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, fines, and possibly loss of certifications or licenses to operate or offer certain of our services that are regulated telecommunications. Any enforcement action, which may be a public process, could also damage our reputation and erode customer trust.

Additionally, we are subject to regulations in certain foreign countries where we offer services that include telecommunications or other types of communications services. For example, we are registered to provide WAVE PTX push-to-talk offerings, with and without telecommunications connectivity, in certain countries internationally. Local laws and regulations, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, can differ significantly among the jurisdictions in which we provide these services. In some countries, certain services that we offer are not considered to be regulated communications services, while in other countries they are subject to regulations, including registration with the local telecommunications governing authority, which increases the level of scrutiny and potential for enforcement by regulators as well as our cost of doing business internationally. Further, enforcement and interpretations of the laws and regulations in some countries can be unpredictable and subject to the informal views of government officials. Failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties, additional compliance obligations or liabilities, loss of authority to provide regulated services, and reputational harm, which could adversely affect our business.

Moreover, it is possible that regulations in any of these jurisdictions may be changed, expanded or interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing practices. Future applicable legislative, regulatory or judicial actions could increase the cost and complexity of our compliance and increase our exposure to potential liability.

Increased focus on climate change has contributed to an evolving state of environmental regulation and uncertainty related to such regulation, as well as physical risks of climate change, could impact our results of operations, financial or competitive position.

Increased public awareness and worldwide focus on climate change has led to legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions, and may result in more international, federal or regional requirements or industry standards to reduce or mitigate global warming. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. Additionally, legislative and regulatory efforts have focused on carbon taxes in certain areas where we operate. As a result, we may become subject to new or strengthened regulations, legislation or other governmental requirements or industry standards, and we anticipate that we will see increased demand to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the elimination of certain constituents from products and increasing energy efficiency. For example, the EU's Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and EU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or we expect will apply, as applicable, to us in the coming years. These requirements will, and other increased regulation of climate change concerns could, subject us to additional costs and restrictions, and could require us to make certain changes to our manufacturing practices and/or product designs, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and competitive position.

In addition, the physical risks of climate change (such as extreme weather conditions or rising sea levels) may impact the availability and cost of materials and natural resources, sources and supply of energy, product demand and manufacturing and could increase insurance and other operating costs. This may include, potentially, costs associated with repairing damage as a result of extreme weather events or renovating or retrofitting facilities to better withstand extreme events. Many of our facilities around the world, as well as our customers' and suppliers' operations, are in locations that may be impacted by the physical risks of climate change, and we face the risk of losses incurred as a result of physical damage to our facilities or those of our suppliers or customers such as loss or spoilage of inventory and business interruption caused by such events.

We are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental product compliance and remediation laws that continue to expand and could impact our ability to grow our business, could subject us to unexpected costs and liabilities and could impact our financial performance.

Our operations and the products we manufacture are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental product compliance and remediation laws. Compliance with such existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, restrict what products and services we can offer, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws are environmental and relate to the use, disposal, cleanup of, and exposure to certain substances. For example, in the U.S., laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or actions regardless of fault and oftentimes in response to action or omissions that were legal at the time they occurred. We continue to incur disposal costs and have ongoing remediation obligations, including those resulting from newly discovered environmental issues located at discontinued Company facilities, as well as current and former facilities of companies that we acquire. Changes to environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have a negative impact on our financial performance.

Laws focused on: (i) the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories, (ii) recycling of both electronic products and packaging, (iii) reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products, (iv) the use and transportation of batteries, and (v) debt collection and other consumer finance matters continue to expand significantly. There are also demanding and rapidly changing laws around the globe related to issues such as radio interference, radio frequency radiation exposure, medical related functionality, use of products with video functionality, and consumer and social mandates pertaining to use of wireless or electronic equipment. These laws, and changes to these laws, could have a substantial impact on whether we can offer certain products, solutions and services, on product costs, and on what capabilities and characteristics our products or

services can or must include, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and competitive position.

Tax matters could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign tax jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes and cash tax liability may be negatively impacted by: (i) changes in the mix of earnings taxable in jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, (ii) changes in tax laws and accounting principles, (iii) changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, (iv) changes in available tax credits, (v) discovery of new information during the course of tax return preparation, (vi) increases in non-deductible expenses, or (vii) repatriating cash held abroad.

Since our 2022 tax year, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 has required that we capitalize and amortize our research and experimental expenditures over five or fifteen years, as applicable. This change in law had a materially negative impact on our cash tax liability in 2023, and we expect such change to continue to impact our cash tax liability through 2026, unless the provisions are repealed or deferred by Congress.

Tax audits may also negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns, and tax authorities may disagree with our tax positions and assess additional tax. We regularly evaluate the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Outcomes from these continuing examinations may have a negative impact on our future financial condition and operating results.

Certain tax policy efforts, including the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations, and other initiatives could have an adverse effect on the taxation of international businesses. Furthermore, many of the countries where we are subject to taxes, including the U.S., are independently evaluating their tax policy and we may see significant changes in legislation and regulations concerning taxation. Certain countries have already enacted legislation which could affect international businesses, and other countries have become more aggressive in their approach to audits and enforcement of their applicable tax laws. Such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies, or practices, could increase our effective tax rates in many of the countries where we have operations and have an adverse effect on our overall tax rate, along with increasing the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, all of which could impact our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Ability to Grow Our Business

As we expand the technologies within our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments, we may face increased areas of risk that we may not be able to properly assess or mitigate, as well as increased competition and additional compliance obligations, each of which could harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition or result in additional obligations or liabilities for our business.

The process of developing new video security, access control, and software products and enhancing existing products is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers' changing needs, emerging technological trends and development costs accurately could significantly harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition. Any failure to accurately predict technological and business trends, control research and development costs or execute our innovation strategy could harm our business and financial performance. Our research and development initiatives may not be successful in whole or in part, including research and development projects, that we have prioritized with respect to funding and/or personnel.

We may face increasing competition from traditional system integrators, the defense industry, commercial software companies, and commercial telecommunication carriers as services contracts become larger, more complicated, and include an expanded range of services. Expansion will bring us into contact with new regulatory requirements and restrictions with which we may have to comply and which could result in additional compliance obligations or liabilities; (including potential enforcement actions, fines penalties, or reputational harm); or increase the costs of doing business, reduce margins or delay or limit the range of new solutions and services which we will be able to offer. We may be required to agree to specific performance metrics that meet the customer's requirements for network security, availability, reliability, maintenance and support and, in some cases, if these performance metrics are not met we may not be paid.

Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.

The markets for certain products of ours are characterized by changing technologies and evolving industry standards and customer preferences. For example, the software and video security industries are characterized by rapidly changing customer preferences in favor of cloud solutions and the adoption of AI capabilities. In some cases, it is unclear what specific technology will be adopted in the market or what delivery model will prevail. In addition, new technologies such as push-to-talk over LTE and 5G could reduce sales of our traditional products. New technologies and new competitors continue to enter our markets at a faster pace than we have experienced in the past, resulting in increased competition from traditional and non-traditional suppliers. New products and services are expensive to develop and bring to market and additional complexities are added when this process is outsourced as we have done in certain cases or as we increase our reliance on third-party content and technology. Moreover, evolving expectations from customers, including the expectations that companies offer products and services to help reduce energy consumption, improve efficiency and minimize greenhouse gas footprints, may impact our competitive position and research and development efforts. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products and services, upgrades and enhancements of current products to comply with emerging industry standards, customer expectations, laws and regulations, including country specific proprietary technology requirements,

and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. The research and development of new, technologically-advanced products and services is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Many of our products and services are complex and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future.

Catastrophic events may interrupt our business, or our customers’ or suppliers’ business, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and stock price.

Our business operations, and the operations of our customers and suppliers, are subject to interruption by natural disasters (including climate change-related events), flooding, fire, power shortages, the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases and pandemics, terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities, and other events beyond our control. If a new pandemic or health outbreak were to occur, we could experience varied impacts similar to what we experienced related to the impacts of COVID-19, including impacts to our workforce and supply chain, inflationary pressures and increased costs, schedule or production delays, market volatility and other financial impacts. These events such as COVID-19 have had, and in the future could continue to have, a negative impact on our ability to manage our business and/or cause disruption of economic activity, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and stock price.

Social, ethical, and competitive risks relating to the use of AI in our products and services could adversely affect our results of operations and business reputation.

We envision a future in which AI operating in our products and services will help our public safety and enterprise customers build safer communities with stronger communication platforms. As we increasingly build AI, including generative AI, into our offerings, we may enable or offer solutions that draw controversy due to their actual or perceived impact on social and ethical issues resulting from the use of new and evolving AI in such offerings. AI may not always operate as intended and datasets may be insufficient or contain illegal, biased, harmful or offensive information, which could negatively impact our results of operations, business reputation or customers’ acceptance of our AI offerings. Although we work to responsibly meet our customers’ needs for products and services that use AI, including through AI governance programs and internal technology oversight committees, we may still suffer reputational or competitive damage as a result of any inconsistencies in the application of the technology or ethical concerns, both of which may generate negative publicity.

Further, we face significant competition from other companies that are developing their own AI systems. Other companies may develop AI systems that are similar or superior to our technologies or more cost-effective to develop and deploy. Additionally, customer demand for AI-based analytics may continue to increase at a fast rate. Therefore, the research and development cost we may incur to compete with such AI systems and meet increased customer demand for AI-based analytics may increase the cost of our offerings. If we are unable to mitigate these risks, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We expect to continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.

In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities or to meet other strategic needs such as product or technology gaps, we have made, and expect to continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (i) the inability to realize our business plan with respect to the acquired businesses, (ii) the difficulty or inability in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner, including ensuring proper integration of acquired businesses’ legal and regulatory compliance programs, information technology systems and financial reporting and internal control systems, (iii) the challenges in integrating acquired businesses to create the operating platform for public safety, (iv) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions, (v) the risk that our contractual relationships or the markets served do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets, (vi) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses, (vii) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations, (viii) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience, (ix) future impairments of goodwill, (x) the potential loss of intellectual property due to actions of employees in connection with such acquisitions and (xi) the potential identified or unknown security vulnerabilities in acquired products that expose us to additional security risk.

Certain acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on revenues, earnings, cash flow, or other relevant multiples) than we do. This is particularly evident in recurring revenue businesses, software businesses and certain services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher relative valuation than Motorola Solutions may be dilutive to our earnings. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings.

Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of cash payments for their ownership interest, particularly in the case of founders and other shareholder employees, or as a result of change-in-control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity-based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.

Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property

Increased cybersecurity threats could lead to a security breach or other significant disruption of our IT systems, those of our outsource partners, suppliers or those we manufacture, install, and in some cases operate and maintain for our customers, and could have a negative impact on our operations, sales, and operating results.

We rely extensively on our information systems to manage our business operations. We are consistently subject to attempts to compromise our information technology systems from both internal and external sources and, like all information technology systems, our systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, cyberattack, cyber intrusion, computer viruses, security breach, denial-of-service attacks, ransomware or other malware, energy blackouts, natural disasters and severe weather conditions, terrorism, sabotage, war, insider trading, human error and computer and telecommunication failures. As a provider of mission-critical communications systems for customers in critical infrastructure sectors of the U.S. and globally, including systems that we operate and maintain for certain customers of ours or as a software-based service, we face additional risk as a potential target of sophisticated attacks aimed at compromising both our company’s and our customers’ sensitive information and intellectual property. This risk is heightened because these systems may contain sensitive governmental information or personally identifiable or other protected information. Our vulnerability and that of our third-party vendors, to cyber and other information technology risks may also be increased by factors such as cyberattacks related to geopolitical conflicts (which may be heightened by our global presence) and the large portion of our office workforce that continues to work from home. Additionally, the volume, frequency and sophistication of these threats continues to grow and the complexity and scale of the systems to be protected continues to increase. Like other enterprise software companies, we also use open source software from time to time, which may be more susceptible to vulnerabilities that may not be identified with scanning tools. In an effort to protect against such attacks, we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks and employ a number of countermeasures and security controls, including training, audits, encryption, and utilization of commercial information security threat sharing networks. If we fail to effectively manage our cybersecurity, our business, products, and services could suffer from the resulting weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls.

Further, our company outsources certain business operations, including, but not limited to IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. We are dependent, in certain instances, upon our outsourced business partners, suppliers, and customers to adequately protect our IT systems and those IT systems that we manage for our customers, including the hosts of our cloud infrastructure on top of which our cloud-based solutions are built, as well as the network connectivity upon which some of our services are built. Some of our customers are exploring broadband solutions that use public carrier networks on which our solutions would operate. We do not have direct oversight or influence over how public carrier networks manage the security, quality, or resiliency of their networks, and because they are an attractive high value target due to their role in critical infrastructure, they expose customers to an elevated risk over our private networks. In addition, we maintain certain networked equipment at customer locations and are reliant on those customers to protect and maintain that equipment.

A cyberattack or other significant disruption involving our IT systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or our customers could result in substantial costs to repair or replace our IT systems or the loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability, or that of our customers, to perform critical functions. Such disruption may also result in the unauthorized release of proprietary, confidential or sensitive information of us or our customers, or the disruption of services provided to customers and essential for their mission. Such unauthorized access to, or release of, information or disruption of services could: (i) allow others to unfairly compete with us, (ii) compromise safety or security, given the mission-critical nature of our customers’ systems, (iii) subject us to claims for breach of contract, tort, and other civil claims without adequate indemnification from our suppliers, (iv) subject us to time-intensive notification requirements, (v) damage our reputation, and (vi) require us to provide modifications or replacements to our products and services. Our potential liability related to such claims by customers or third-parties described above may not be contractually capped nor fully covered by our insurance. We could face regulatory penalties, enforcement actions, remediation obligations and/or private litigation by parties whose data is improperly disclosed or misused. Any or all of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, or if we, our customers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third parties, our competitive position and results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Our intellectual property rights protect our innovations and technology, and they may also generate income under license agreements. We attempt to protect our proprietary technology with intellectual property in the form of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third-party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new markets may not be as developed as in our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third-parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have a negative impact on our financial results and competitive position. Moreover, the validity and scope of coverage of our patents cannot be fully determined prior to litigation.

Additionally, because our products are comprised of complex technology, we are often involved in or impacted by assertions, including both requests for licenses and litigation, regarding third-party patents and other intellectual property rights.

The development of products operable in accordance with industry standards, such as those related to 5G or video technology, may result in third-party patent royalty demands. Third-parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Many of these assertions are brought by non-practicing entities whose principal business model is to secure patent licensing-based revenue from product manufacturing companies. The patent holders often make broad and sweeping claims regarding the applicability of their patents to our products and services, seeking a percentage of sales as licenses fees, seeking injunctions to pressure us into taking a license, or a combination thereof. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. Third-parties may also seek broad injunctive relief, which could limit our ability to sell our products in the U.S. or elsewhere with intellectual property subject to the claims. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial results. Such licenses, if available at all, may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a final injunction.

We face risks relating to intellectual property licenses and intellectual property indemnities in our customer and supplier contracts, which may fail to fully protect us and subject us to unexpected liabilities or harm our financial condition and results of operations.

We obtain some technology from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, and we attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. With respect to such indemnities, we may not be successful in our negotiations, a supplier's indemnity may not fully protect us or cover all damages and losses suffered by us and our customers due to the infringing products, or a supplier may not choose to obtain a third-party license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Such situations may subject us to unexpected liabilities or unfavorable conditions. Further, we may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may not be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may negatively impact our sales or operations if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the supplier's products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks importation of our products into the U.S. Intellectual property disputes involving our suppliers have resulted in our involvement in International Trade Commission proceedings from time to time. These proceedings are costly and entail the risk that we will be subjected to a ban on the importation of our products into the U.S. solely as a result of our use of a supplier's components.

In addition, our customers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. These demands may stem from non-practicing entities that engage in patent enforcement and litigation, sometimes seeking royalties and litigation judgments in proportion to the value of the use of our products, rather than in proportion to the cost of our products. Such demands can amount to many times the selling price of our products.

Further, competitors may be able to negotiate significantly more favorable terms for intellectual property than we are able to, which puts them at a competitive advantage. Moreover, with respect to our internally developed proprietary software, we may be harmed if we are forced to make publicly available, under the relevant open-source licenses, some of that proprietary software as a result of either our use of open-source software code or the use of third-party software that contains open-source code.

We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives and formatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and we license the Motorola Marks from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC (“MTH”), which is currently owned by Motorola Mobility, a subsidiary of Lenovo. Our joint use of the Motorola Marks could result in product and market confusion and negatively impact our ability to expand business under the Motorola brand. In addition, if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement we could lose our rights to the Motorola Marks.

In 2010, we secured a worldwide, perpetual and royalty-free license from MTH to use the Motorola Marks as part of our corporate name and in connection with the manufacture, sale, and marketing of our current products and services. The license of the Motorola Marks is important to us because of the reputation of the Motorola brand for our products and services. There are risks associated with both Motorola Mobility and us using the Motorola Marks and our loss of ownership of the Motorola Marks. As both we and Motorola Mobility use the Motorola Marks, confusion could arise in the market, including customer confusion regarding the products offered by and the actions of the two companies. Also, any negative publicity associated with either company in the future could adversely affect the public image of the other.

Motorola Mobility was acquired by Lenovo in 2014, which resulted in Lenovo having effective control over the Motorola Marks. Our risks under the license could increase if Lenovo expands its use of the Motorola Marks, or if our products and those of Lenovo converge. In addition, because our license of the Motorola Marks is limited to products and services within our specified fields of use, we are not permitted to use the Motorola Marks in other fields of use without the approval of Motorola Mobility. As we continue to expand our business into any other fields of use, we either must do so with a brand other than the Motorola brand, which could take considerable time and expense, or assume the risk that our expanded fields don’t meet the definition of permitted fields of use under our license, which could result in loss of our rights to use the Motorola Marks.

We could lose our rights to use the Motorola Marks if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement. Such a loss could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, MTH has certain rights to license the brand to third-parties and either Motorola Mobility or licensed third-parties may use the brand in ways that make the

brand less attractive for customers of Motorola Solutions, creating increased risk that Motorola Solutions may need to develop an alternate or additional brand. Motorola Mobility may require us to adopt modifications to the Motorola Marks, and this could negatively impact our business, including costs associated with rebranding.

Neither Motorola Mobility nor Lenovo is prohibited from selling the Motorola Marks. In the event of a liquidation by Lenovo or the then-owner of the Motorola Marks, it is possible that a bankruptcy court would either (i) permit the Motorola Marks to be assigned to a third-party whose interests may be incompatible with ours, thereby potentially making the license arrangement difficult to administer and increasing the costs and risks of sharing the Motorola Marks, or (ii) refuse to uphold the license or certain of its terms, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business

Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase at acceptable prices a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, to meet the demands of our customers and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of supplies has had, and could continue to have a negative impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Our ability to meet customers' demands depends, in part, on our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, from our suppliers. If demand for our products or services increases from our current expectations or if, as we have experienced recently, suppliers are unable to meet our demand for other reasons, including as a result of supply chain constraints, natural disasters (including events related to climate change), financial issues or other factors, we have, and could continue to experience an interruption in supply or a significant increase in the price of supply. We have experienced such shortages in the past that have negatively impacted our results of operations and may continue to experience such shortages in the future. In 2023, we reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to 2022 in response to improved supply conditions of semiconductors, although we expect to continue to actively manage our inventory in the future, including by continuing to carry increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to support increased demand and customer requirements. We expect that any future supply chain effects could also impact our ability to meet customer demand and negatively impact our results of operations.

Our suppliers have, and may continue to significantly and quickly increase their prices in response to increases in costs of raw materials that they use to manufacture their parts or components. As a result, we may not be able to increase our prices commensurately with our increased costs, which could negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, certain supplies, including for some of our critical components, software and services solutions, are available only from a single source or limited sources and we may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. Where certain supplies are not available from our direct suppliers, we may be required to move to an alternative source or source certain items through the open market, which involves significantly increased prices that are difficult to forecast or predict. We have been required to take these steps in certain instances in connection with the impact on the semiconductor market described above. Each of these factors may impact our ability to meet customer demand and could negatively impact our results of operations or financial condition.

We are exposed to risks under large, multi-year system and services contracts that may negatively impact our business.

We enter into large, multi-year system and services contracts with municipal, state, and nationwide government and commercial customers. In some cases, we may not be the prime contractor and may be dependent on other third-parties such as commercial carriers or systems integrators. Our entry into these contracts exposes us to risks, including among others: (i) technological risks, (ii) risk of defaults by third-parties on whom we are relying for products or services as part of our offering or who are the prime contractors, (iii) financial risks, including potential penalties applicable to us if performance commitments in managed services contracts are not met, the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with such contracts, the fact that such contracts often only receive partial funding initially and may be cancellable on short notice with limited penalties, our inability to recover front-loaded capital expenditures in long-term managed services contracts, the impact of the termination of funding for a government program or the insolvency of a commercial customer, and the impact of currency fluctuations and inflation, (iv) cybersecurity risks, especially in managed services contracts with public safety and enterprise customers that process data, and (v) political or regulatory risks, especially related to the contracts with government customers, including our Airwave contract in the UK, as described below.

With respect to the political or regulatory risks of such contracts, in October 2021, the CMA announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, our private mobile radio communications network that we acquired in 2016. Airwave provides mission-critical voice and data communications to emergency services and other agencies in Great Britain. In early 2023, the CMA published a final decision which stated it will impose a prospective price control on the Airwave contract. We disagreed with the CMA’s decision and filed an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal ("CAT"). In addition, on July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed our appeal on December 22, 2023. On February 13, 2024, we filed an application with the United Kingdom Court of Appeal requesting that it hear our appeal. Revenue will be recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order.

Our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.

Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world. In 2023, 31% of our revenue was generated outside of North America. In addition, 47% of our employees were employed outside of North America in 2023. Most of our suppliers' operations are outside the U.S.

A significant amount of manufacturing and research and development of our products, as well as administrative and sales facilities, takes place outside of the U.S. If the operations in these facilities are disrupted, our business, financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Because of these sizable sales and operations outside of the U.S., we have more complexity in our operations and are exposed to a unique set of global risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, including but not limited to: (i) currency fluctuations, including but not limited to increased pressure to agree to established currency conversion rates and cost of living adjustments as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, (ii) import/export regulations, tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications, (iii) compliance with and changes in U.S. and non-U.S. laws or regulations related to antitrust and competition (such as the CMA’s findings and remedies order in connection with its market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market and the EU Foreign Subsidies Regulation), anti-corruption (such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act), trade, labor and employment, environmental, health and safety, technical standards, consumer protection, intellectual property and data privacy, (iv) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., obligations under tax incentive agreements, and difficulties in securing local country approvals for cash repatriations, (v) reduced financial flexibility given that a significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents is currently held outside of the U.S., (vi) challenges in collecting accounts receivable, (vii) cultural and language differences, (viii) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, the imposition of sanctions and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts and terrorism, (ix) natural disasters, (x) public health issues or outbreaks or pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and (xi) litigation in foreign court systems and foreign enforcement or administrative proceedings.

Additionally, the benefits we receive under various agreements we have entered into with non-U.S. governments and agencies relate to our operations and/or sales in such foreign jurisdictions. If our operations or sales are not at levels originally anticipated, we may be at risk of having to reimburse benefits already granted, which could increase our cost of doing business in such foreign jurisdictions.

Over the last several years we have utilized third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products, and to perform portions of certain business operations such as IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. We expect to continue these practices in the future, which limit our control over these business operations and exposes us to additional risk as a result of the actions of our outsource partners.

We rely on third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products (including software), and to assist in performing certain IT, network connectivity, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. As we outsource more of such operations we are not able to directly control these activities. We could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline if: (i) we are not able to engage such third-parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, (ii) such third-parties lack our desired level of performance or service, lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components, products, services or software on time and at reasonable prices, (iii) there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, (iv) our third-party providers fail to comply with legal or regulatory requirements (such as the Uyghur Forced Labor Protection Act), (v) we have difficulties transitioning operations to such third-parties, or (vi) such third-parties are disrupted by external events, such as cyberattacks, natural disasters, public health issues or outbreaks or pandemics, extreme weather conditions related to climate change, acts of terrorism or political conflicts.

Our reliance on third-parties could, in certain instances, result in reputational damage or even disqualify us from sales opportunities with certain government customers. For example, our supply chain is complex and if our suppliers are unable to verify that components and parts provided to us are free of defined “conflict minerals” originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) or an adjoining country, then we may be required to publicly disclose, as we have disclosed in the past, that we are not currently able to determine if the products we manufactured are DRC conflict-free, which could harm our reputation.

Once a business activity is outsourced we may be contractually prohibited from or may not practically be able to bring such activity back within the Company or move it to another outsource partner. The actions of our outsource partners could result in reputational damage to us and could negatively impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and cash flows.

We utilize the services of subcontractors to perform under many of our contracts and the inability of our subcontractors to perform in a timely and compliant manner or to adhere to our Human Rights Policy could negatively impact our business.

We engage subcontractors, including third-party integrators, on many of our contracts and as we expand our technologies in our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments, our use of subcontractors has and will continue to increase. Our subcontractors may further subcontract performance and may supply third-party products and software from a number of smaller companies. In addition, it is our policy to require our subcontractors and other third-parties with whom we work

to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including our Human Rights Policy (and, in addition, for our suppliers to comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct).

We may have disputes with our subcontractors, including disputes regarding the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor or its subcontractors and the functionality, warranty and indemnities of products, software and services supplied by our subcontractor. We are not always successful in passing down customer requirements to our subcontractors or a customer may otherwise look to us to cover a loss or damage, and thus in some cases may be required to absorb contractual risks from our customers without corresponding back-to-back coverage from our subcontractor. Our subcontractors may not be able to acquire or maintain the quality of the materials, components, subsystems and services they supply, or secure preferred warranty and indemnity coverage from their suppliers which might result in greater product returns, service problems, warranty claims and costs and regulatory compliance issues. Further, one of our subcontractors or other third-parties subject to our Human Rights Policy could fail to comply with such policies or with applicable law or may engage in unethical business practices. Any of the foregoing could cause orders to be canceled, relationships to be terminated or our reputation to be damaged, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the quality of our products does not meet our customers' expectations or regulatory or industry standards, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be negatively impacted.

Some of the products we sell may have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. Sometimes, these issues may be caused by components we purchase from suppliers, or from finished products we purchase from other manufacturers, which we then resell to customers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our customers, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers, particularly in light of the mission-critical nature of our communications products. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues can have legal, financial and reputational ramifications, including: (i) delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, (ii) customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements, (iii) increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and (iv) a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation. In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product's performance, safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be “stop-shipped” or recalled. Depending on the nature of the quality issue and the number of products in the field, it could cause us to incur substantial recall or corrective field action costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders and the damage to our goodwill or brand reputation. In addition, we may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that we receive from the contracts. Recalls and field actions involving regulatory non-compliance could also result in fines and additional costs. Recalls and field actions could result in third-party litigation by persons or companies alleging harm or economic damage as a result of the use of the products.

In addition, privacy advocacy groups and other technology and industry groups have established or may establish various new or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional obligations on us. Our customers may expect us to meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by third-parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business.

Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators and other stakeholders regarding environmental, social and governance (“ESG”)-related practices and disclosures may adversely affect our reputation, adversely impact our ability to attract and retain employees or customers, expose us to increased scrutiny from the investment community or enforcement authorities or otherwise adversely impact our business and results of operations.

There is increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators and other stakeholders on ESG-related practices and disclosures, including those related to environmental stewardship, climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion, forced labor, racial justice and workplace conduct. Regulators have imposed, and likely will continue to impose, ESG-related rules and guidance, which may conflict with one another and impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. Moreover, certain organizations that provide information to investors have developed ratings for evaluating companies on their approach to different ESG-related matters, and unfavorable ratings of us or our industries may lead to negative investor sentiment and the diversion of investment to other companies or industries. We have elected to share publicly our ongoing ESG-related efforts in our proxy statement, Corporate Responsibility Report, TCFD Report, and on our corporate website. Our business may face increased scrutiny related to these activities, and our failure or perceived failure to meet ESG-related goals or maintain ESG practices that meet evolving stakeholder expectations, could harm our reputation, adversely impact our ability to attract and retain employees or customers, expose us to increased scrutiny from the investment community or enforcement authorities or otherwise adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to Human Capital Management

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract and retain senior management and key employees, including engineers and other key technical employees, in order to remain competitive.

The performance of our CEO, senior management and other key employees such as engineers and other technical employees is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain talented, highly-qualified senior management, engineers and other key employees or attract them when needed, it could negatively impact our business.

We rely on the experience of our senior management, most of whom have been with us for many years and as a result have specific knowledge relating to us and our industry that is difficult to replace and competition for management with

experience in the communications industry is intense. A loss of the CEO, a member of senior management, or an engineer or other key employee particularly to a competitor, could also place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we face increased demands for technical personnel in areas such as software development, which is an area of particularly high demand for skilled employees. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to develop successful new products or services. In particular, we have faced, and expect to continue to face, intense competition globally for experienced software and cloud computing infrastructure engineers, as well as employees in data science and AI. The compensation and incentives we have available to attract, retain and motivate employees may not meet the expectations of current and prospective employees as the competition for talent intensifies. Our efforts to attract, develop, integrate, and retain highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications may be compounded by the increased availability of remote working arrangements, which has expanded the pool of companies that can compete for our employees and employment candidates. Further, if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our CEO, senior management and other key employees, our business could be negatively impacted.

Risks Related to Financial Performance or Economic Conditions

As we are a global company, we face a number of risks related to current global economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate that have and could continue to unfavorably impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Global economic and political conditions, including impacts from the inflationary cost environment, continue to be challenging for many of our government and enterprise markets, as economic growth in many countries has remained low or declined, currency fluctuations have impacted profitability, credit markets have remained tight for certain counterparties of ours and some of our customers are dependent on government grants to fund purchases of our products and services.

In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that continue to impact worldwide markets, including impacts relating to new or increased tariffs and potential trade wars, and threats to national security vulnerabilities linked to country of origin. The length of time these adverse economic and political conditions may persist is unknown.

These global economic and political conditions have impacted and could continue to impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in a number of ways, including:

•Requests by certain of our government and enterprise customers that we provide vendor financing, including in response to financial challenges surrounding state and local governments, which may cause us to retain exposure to the credit quality of our customers who we finance if we are unable to sell these receivables on terms acceptable to us.

•The inability of certain of our customers to obtain financing in order to make purchases from us and/or maintain their business, which may negatively impact our financial results.

•Challenges we face in budgeting and forecasting due to economic uncertainties in various parts of the U.S. and world economy, which could negatively impact our financial results if such budgets or forecasts are inaccurate.

•Deferment or cancellation of purchases and orders by customers may occur due to uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions, which could reduce future demand for our products and negatively impact our financial results.

•Intensifying political instability in a number of markets in which we operate could have a significant impact on our ability to grow and, in some cases, operate in such locations, which could negatively impact our financial results.

Returns on pension and retirement plan assets and interest rate changes could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods.

We have large underfunded pension obligations, in part resulting from the fact that we retained almost all of the U.S. pension liabilities and a major portion of our non-U.S. pension liabilities following our past divestitures. The funding position of our pension plans is affected by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity and debt markets, and the interest rates used to calculate our pension obligations for funding and expense purposes. Minimum annual pension contributions are determined by government regulations and calculated based upon our pension funding status, interest rates, and other factors. If the financial markets perform poorly, we have been and could be required to make additional large contributions. The equity and debt markets can be volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can affect our contribution requirements. In volatile capital market environments, the uncertainty of material changes in future minimum required contributions increases.

We may not continue to have access to the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded, which could limit our ability to repay our indebtedness and could cause liquidity issues.

From time to time we access the capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to the capital markets and the bank loan markets at acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings, (ii) the condition of the overall capital markets, (iii) strength and credit availability in the banking markets, and (iv) the state of the global economy. In addition, we frequently access the credit markets to obtain performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, as well as to hedge foreign exchange risk and sell receivables. Furthermore, we may not be able to refinance our existing

indebtedness (i) on commercially reasonable terms, (ii) on terms, including with respect to interest rates, as favorable as our current debt, or (iii) at all. We may not continue to have access to the capital markets or bank credit markets on terms acceptable to us and if we are unable to repay or refinance our debt, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to generate enough cash flows from operations or that we will be able to obtain enough capital to service our debt, fund our planned capital expenditures or pay future dividends.

We are rated investment grade by all three national rating agencies. Any downward changes by the rating agencies to our credit rating may negatively impact the value and liquidity of both our debt and equity securities. Under certain circumstances, an increase in the interest rate payable by us under our revolving credit facility, if any amounts are borrowed under such facility, could negatively affect our operating cash flows. In addition, a downgrade in our credit ratings could limit our ability to: (i) access the capital markets or bank credit markets, (ii) issue commercial paper (iii) provide performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, (iv) hedge foreign exchange risk, (v) fund our foreign affiliates, (vi) sell receivables, and (vii) obtain favorable trade terms with suppliers. In addition, we may avoid taking actions that would otherwise benefit us or our stockholders, such as engaging in certain acquisitions or engaging in stock repurchases, that would negatively impact our credit rating.

Our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations on cross-border transactions and the translation of local currency results into U.S. dollars could negatively impact our results of operations.

We conduct business through our subsidiaries in many different countries, and fluctuations in currency exchange rates could have a significant impact on our reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, which are presented in U.S. dollars. Cross-border transactions, both with external parties and intercompany relationships, result in increased exposure to foreign exchange effects. Accordingly, significant changes in currency exchange rates, particularly the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Australian dollar, has had in the past, and could continue to, cause fluctuations in the reported results of our businesses’ operations that could negatively affect our results of operations. Additionally, the strengthening of certain currencies such as the Euro and U.S. dollar potentially exposes us to competitive threats from lower cost producers in other countries. Our sales are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar has in the past, and could continue to, result in unfavorable translation effects as the results of foreign locations are translated into U.S. dollars.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C: Cybersecurity

Risk Management & Strategy

We assess, identify and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats through various protective policies, procedures and processes, including through: (1) the monitoring responsibilities of our cybersecurity program; (2) our information security policies and standards, including our global incident response procedure; (3) our audit services department’s annual enterprise risk management (“ERM”) assessment; (4) our third-party cybersecurity risk assessment program; and (5) cybersecurity insurance.

Designed to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of customer and internal company information, our cybersecurity program focuses on protecting our enterprise information systems and the secure development and deployment of our products. We monitor for critical vulnerabilities and threat actor activity, and work to create a unified view to prioritize protecting our critical infrastructure (including potential impacts to key third-party service providers to the Company). The cybersecurity program, which is led by our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, holds regular meetings to review ongoing internal information security investigations. We assess the effectiveness of our cybersecurity program using self-assessments and independent third-party analyses, and evaluate our program using frameworks such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework. In addition to these independent third-party analyses, third-parties also provide services to support our cybersecurity in several ways, such as through penetration testing and commercial information security threat sharing networks, and by assisting with tabletop exercises and certain monitoring activities.

We have designed and implemented a global incident response procedure, which helps enable us to quickly detect, respond to, and recover from third-party malicious attacks and potential security incidents. This procedure includes formal steps to review incidents and implement improvements, including steps to involve the Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure and Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services (described further below), as appropriate. In addition, we have other specific information security policies and standards, organized to align with various NIST frameworks, which we use to manage our cybersecurity risks.

Assessing, identifying and managing cybersecurity risks are integrated into our audit services department’s annual ERM assessment, which is designed to identify, assess, prioritize, mitigate and monitor our principal risks. The ERM assessment considers the probability, impact and velocity of potential risks and provides management and the Audit Committee with an overarching and objective view of the risk management activities of the Company. Audit services identifies and conducts engagements utilizing inputs from the ERM assessment. The engagements span financial, operational, strategic and compliance

risks, with a view to assessing risks over a two-year time horizon. The engagement results assist management in maintaining acceptable risk levels. The Vice President of Audit Services reports directly to the Audit Committee as well as to the Chief Financial Officer and meets regularly with the Audit Committee and its chairperson, including in executive session. Separately, the Vice President of Audit Services and Vice President of Ethics & Compliance head an internal cross-functional team (which includes members from our cybersecurity and data privacy programs, among others) that holds regular meetings to discuss the key risks facing the Company and related mitigation efforts, including cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risk is tracked as a principal risk within the context of the ERM assessment.

In addition, we have processes designed to oversee and identify risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of third-party service providers. Pursuant to our third-party cybersecurity risk assessment program, any outsource partners and suppliers that have access to the Company’s data or customer data complete a risk assessment prior to the Company engaging with such parties. Using the assessments, our cybersecurity program looks to determine any gaps and identified risks, and then appropriate teams within the Company work to track and remediate such risks. These third-party risk assessments are foundational for how we manage and monitor our supply chain.

To further complement the processes described above, we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks. We maintain a broad portfolio of insurance coverage, leveraging the products of multiple companies to help ensure appropriate protection.

We are consistently subject to attempts to compromise our information technology systems from both internal and external sources and, like all information technology systems, our systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources. As of the filing of this Form 10-K, we are not aware of any such attacks that have occurred since the beginning of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. However, if as a result of any future attacks our information technology systems are significantly damaged, cease to function properly or are subject to a significant cybersecurity breach, we may suffer an interruption in our ability to manage and operate our business, and our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected. Such attacks, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and result in us incurring significant costs related to, for example, repairing or replacing our IT systems; the loss of critical data; interruptions or delays in our ability, or that of our customers, to perform critical functions; defending against claims for breach of contracts, tort and other civil claims without adequate indemnification from our suppliers; providing time-sensitive notification requirements; and providing modifications or replacements to our products and services. In addition, the volume, frequency and sophistication of these threats continues to grow and the complexity and scale of the systems to be protected continues to increase. See “Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property” in “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K for further information.

Corporate Governance

Our Board has delegated to the Audit Committee the responsibility to oversee risks related to cybersecurity threats. Specifically, subject to oversight by the full Board, the Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure provides the Audit Committee with periodic cybersecurity and information security reports. These reports are informed by input from our cybersecurity program, headed by our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, and our cybersecurity services business (which provides cybersecurity services to our customers), headed by our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services. Annually, the Vice President of Audit Services reviews the results of the ERM assessment with the Audit Committee as well. In addition, a subset or the full group of certain individuals, such as our Chief Information Officer, Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services, Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, and Lead Counsel and Senior Director of Data Privacy, present at least once per year to the Audit Committee regarding cybersecurity and data privacy risk topics. The full Board is regularly informed about such risks through Audit Committee reports and presentations.

Our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services and Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure, along with their teams, are in charge of assessing and managing our risks related to cybersecurity, including by setting our strategy, policies, standards and processes in these areas, as further described above under “Risk Management & Strategy.” Utilizing the processes noted above, these teams remain informed about and monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents.

Our Corporate Vice President of Cybersecurity Services has over thirty years of work experience in the cybersecurity field, protecting both large corporations and global critical infrastructure assets, in both the policy and operational domains. This individual chairs the Public Safety Threat Alliance (PSTA), an information sharing organization established by the Company that is dedicated to the protection of public safety entities across the globe. This individual holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Management and Computer Science and has served as an intelligence officer in the United States Army.

Our Vice President of Cybersecurity & Information Technology Infrastructure has over twenty-five years of work experience in the information technology field, specifically information security. This individual began their career as a security engineer, progressing to a security architect, and then to overall leader of the Cybersecurity and Information Technology Infrastructure functions at the Company. This individual holds a Master of Computer Science degree. This individual also maintains a Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) certification from ISACA, an international professional organization focused on IT governance, as well as a Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) certification from the International Information System Security Certification Consortium (ISC2), a leading member association for cybersecurity professionals.

Item 2: Properties

As of February 5, 2024, the material properties that we used in connection with our business, serving all segments, are as follows:


Location	Approximate Operating Size in Sq. Ft. (In thousands)	Owned vs. Leased	Purpose
Elgin, Illinois, U.S.	301	Leased	Manufacturing and distribution
Schaumburg, Illinois, U.S.	282	Leased	Research & development and customer support
Penang, Malaysia	254	Leased	Distribution, research & development and corporate administrative
Krakow, Poland	191	Leased	Research & development and corporate administrative
Plantation, Florida, U.S.	172	Leased	Research & development and corporate administrative
Tel Aviv, Israel	139	Leased	Research & development and corporate administrative
Allen, Texas, U.S.	138	Owned	Research & development and corporate administrative
Schio, Italy	125	Leased	Manufacturing, engineering, administrative
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.	102	Leased	Corporate administrative (global headquarters)
Vancouver, BC, Canada	70	Leased	Corporate administrative

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

In addition to the matter referenced below, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims that have not been fully resolved and which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.

Refer to the description of "Hytera Litigation" in "Note 12: Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information regarding our legal proceedings.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Information about our Executive Officers

The following are the persons who are the executive officers of the Company, their ages, and current titles as of February 15, 2024 and the positions they have held during the last five years with the Company or as otherwise noted:

Gregory Q. Brown; age 63; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since May 3, 2011.

Karen E. Dunning; age 67; Senior Vice President, Human Resources since February 1, 2023; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment, Operations & Real Estate from November 2021 to January 2023; Corporate Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment, Operations & Real Estate from July 2019 to November 2021; and Corporate Vice President, Human Resources, Labor & Employment and Operations from December 2018 to June 2019.

Katherine Maher, age 41; Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since March 14, 2022; Vice President and Corporate Controller from November 2021 to March 2022; Finance Director, North America Credit & Systems Integration, from July 2020 to November 2021; and North America Distribution Finance Director from May 2018 to July 2020.

John P. "Jack" Molloy; age 52; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since November 18, 2021 and Executive Vice President, Products and Sales from August 2018 to November 2021.

Rajan S. Naik; age 52; Senior Vice President, Strategy and Ventures, since December 2017.

James A. Niewiara; age 55; Senior Vice President, General Counsel since February 1, 2023; Senior Vice President, Commercial Law, Litigation, Antitrust & Intellectual Property from April 2020 to January 2023; Corporate Vice President, Lead Counsel, Commercial Law, Litigation & Antitrust from May 2019 to April 2020; and Corporate Vice President, Lead Counsel, Americas, Sales & Product Operations from January 2017 to May 2019.

Mahesh Saptharishi; age 46; Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since November 18, 2021; Senior Vice President, Software Enterprise and Mobile Video, and Chief Technology Officer from June 2021 to November 2021; Chief Technology Officer & Senior Vice President, Software Enterprise from April 2021 to June 2021; and Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer from February 2019 to April 2021.

Jason J. Winkler; age 49; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2020 and Senior Vice President, Finance from September 2018 to June 2020.

Cynthia M. Yazdi; age 59; Senior Vice President, Communications & Brand since February 2, 2022; Senior Vice President, Chief of Staff, Communications & Brand and Motorola Solutions Foundation from November 2021 to February 2022; and Senior Vice President, Chief of Staff, Marketing and Communications and Motorola Solutions Foundation from August 2018 to November 2021.

The above executive officers will serve as executive officers of the Company until the regular meeting of the Board of Directors in May 2024 or until their respective successors are elected. There is no family relationship between any of the executive officers listed above.

PART II

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Motorola Solutions' common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol "MSI." The number of stockholders of record of its common stock on February 5, 2024 was 17,662. This figure does not include a substantially greater number of “street name” holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

During 2023, we declared regular quarterly dividends of $0.88 per share of our common stock for each of the first three quarters of fiscal 2023, and $0.98 per share of our common stock for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023. While we expect to continue to pay comparable regular quarterly dividends in 2024, any future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our profits, financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the payment of dividends, general business conditions and such other factors as our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

On December 15, 2023, the Company issued 15,831 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of IPVideo Corporation to certain former shareholders of IPVideo Corporation. The stock was issued for an aggregate grant-date fair value of $5 million that will be expensed over an average service period of 1 year. The foregoing transaction did not involve any underwriters, any underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offerings. The shares with respect to the transaction were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in a privately negotiated transaction not involving any public offerings or solicitations.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2023.


Period	(a) Total Number of Shares Purchased	(b) Average Price Paid per Share (1)		(c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Program (2)	(d) Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Program (2)
09/30/2023 to 10/25/2023	250,781	$	278.61	250,781	$	528,972,235
10/26/2023 to 11/20/2023	113,878	$	276.74	113,878	$	2,497,458,099
11/21/2023 to 12/27/2023	51,386	$	311.34	51,386	$	2,481,459,407
Total	416,045	$	282.14	416,045


(1)			Average price paid per share of common stock repurchased excludes commissions paid to brokers and excise tax. As of January 1, 2023, the Company's share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022. The amount of excise tax incurred is included in the Company's Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the quarter ended December 31, 2023.
(2)			As originally announced on July 28, 2011, and subsequently amended, including a $2.0 billion increase approved by the Board of Directors during the fourth quarter of 2023, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $18.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had used approximately $15.5 billion, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total shareholder returns of Motorola Solutions, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Communications Equipment Index.

This graph assumes $100 was invested in the stock or the indices on December 31, 2018 and reflects the reinvestment of dividends.


Years Ended December 31	2018		2019		2020		2021		2022		2023
Motorola Solutions	$	100.00	$	142.19	$	152.70	$	247.22	$	237.81	$	292.59
S&P 500	$	100.00	$	131.47	$	155.65	$	200.29	$	163.98	$	207.04
S&P Communications Equipment	$	100.00	$	113.41	$	114.12	$	172.69	$	138.36	$	166.68

Item 6: [Reserved.]

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and results of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023. This commentary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Executive Overview

Our Business

The Company has invested across these three technologies organically and through acquisitions to evolve its LMR focus and expand its safety and security products and services.

Our strategy is to generate value through our technologies that help meet the changing needs of our customers around the world in protecting people, property and places. While each technology individually strives to make users safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes for our customers when we unite these technologies to work together. Our goal is to help remove silos and barriers between people and technologies, so that data unifies, information flows, operations run and collaboration improves to help strengthen safety and security everywhere. Across all three technologies, we offer cloud-based and hybrid solutions, cybersecurity services, software and subscription services as well as managed and support services.

One example of this collaboration is highlighted by a school setting. When a teacher presses a panic button on a phone, this can automatically notify local law enforcement of an emergency, trigger a lockdown to secure all entries, share live video feeds with first responders and send mass notifications to key stakeholders inside and outside the school, helping schools to detect, respond and resolve safety and security threats.

The principal products within each segment, by technology, are described below:

Products and Systems Integration Segment

In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $6.2 billion, representing 63% of our consolidated net sales.

LMR Communications

Our LMR Communications technology includes infrastructure and devices for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across two-way radio, WiFi and public and private broadband networks. We are a global leader in the two-way radio category, including Project 25 (P25), Terrestrial Trunked Radio ("TETRA") and Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other PCR solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in both low-band and mid-band frequencies, including Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies.

Video

Our Video technology includes video management infrastructure, AI-powered security cameras including fixed and certain mobile video equipment as well as on-premise and cloud-based access control solutions. We deploy video security and access control solutions to thousands of government and enterprise customers around the world, including schools, transportation systems, healthcare centers, public venues, commercial real estate, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and local law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize

video security and access control to verify critical events or incidents in real-time and to provide data to investigate an event or incident after it happens.

The Video technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment represented 18% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Software and Services Segment

In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.7 billion, representing 37% of our consolidated net sales.

LMR Communications

The LMR technology within the Software and Services segment represented 64% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Video

Video software includes video network management software, decision management and digital evidence management software, certain mobile video equipment, and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition. Our software is designed to complement video hardware systems, proving end-to-end video security to help keep people, property and places safe.

The Video technology within the Software and Services segment represented 16% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

Command Center

analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of information and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.

Our Command Center software supports all of these individuals through the three phases of incident or event: detection, response and resolution. Detection software includes community engagement and alert applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, mass notification, panic buttons that can share real-time incident details and location, 911 call management software (including multimedia and AI-powered language transcription) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Response software includes voice and computer aided dispatch (CAD) for dispatch and coordinating first response, collaboration software to share operational updates, real-time intelligence software that shows a single, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Resolution software includes centralized records for streamlined reporting and record-keeping, evidence management for gathering, managing and sharing multimedia evidence throughout an incident's lifecycle, and investigative tools that uncover connections across records, vehicles and images in an effort to identify crime trends.

The Command Center technology within the Software and Services segment represented 20% of the net sales of the total segment in 2023.

2023 Financial Results

•Net sales were $10.0 billion in 2023 compared to $9.1 billion in 2022.

•Operating earnings were $2.3 billion in 2023 compared to $1.7 billion in 2022.

•Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. were $1.7 billion, or $9.93 per diluted common share in 2023, compared to earnings of $1.4 billion, or $7.93 per diluted common share in 2022.

•Our operating cash flow was $2.0 billion in 2023 compared to $1.8 billion in 2022.

•We returned approximately $1.4 billion of capital to shareholders, in the form of $804 million in share repurchases and $589 million in dividends in 2023.

•We increased our quarterly dividend by 11% to $0.98 per share in November 2023.

•We ended 2023 with a backlog position of $14.3 billion, down $88 million compared to 2022.

Segment Financial Highlights

•In the Products and Systems Integration segment, net sales were $6.2 billion in 2023, an increase of $514 million, or 9%, compared to $5.7 billion in 2022. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in both the International and North America region. Operating earnings were $1.2 billion in 2023, compared to $913 million in 2022. Operating margins increased in 2023 to 19.9% from 15.9% in 2022 primarily due to higher sales and lower direct material costs, partially offset by higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation.

•In the Software and Services segment, net sales were $3.7 billion in 2023, an increase of $352 million, or 10%, compared to $3.4 billion in 2022. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in both the North America and International region. Operating earnings were $1.1 billion in 2023, compared to $748 million in 2022. Operating margins increased in 2023 to

28.1% from 22.1% in 2022 primarily driven by higher sales, a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the Emergency Services Network ("ESN") services contract with the Home Office of the United Kingdom (the "Home Office") which we have executed an agreement to exit, and a reduction in intangible amortization expenses, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the United Kingdom's (the "U.K.") Competition and Markets Authority's ("CMA") remedies order and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.

Macroeconomic Events

During fiscal year 2023, we operated under market conditions influenced by events such as those discussed below. For a further discussion of our business and the trends and risks that we encounter in our business, please refer to “Part I. Item 1. Business” and “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

In 2023, we experienced improved conditions with respect to availability of materials in the semiconductor market. We reduced our inventory carrying levels as compared to 2022 in response to the improved supply conditions. We continue to remain focused on improving our supplier network, engineering alternative designs and working to reduce supply shortages and effectively manage costs. In addition, we continue to actively manage our inventory by diversifying the footprint of our supply chain operations, including by finalizing a strategic agreement relating to our video manufacturing operations during the first quarter of 2024, and maintaining increased levels of inventory in targeted areas to support increased demand and customer requirements.

Recent Events

CMA Update

In October 2021, the CMA announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, our private mobile radio communications network that we acquired in 2016. Airwave provides mission-critical voice and data communications to emergency services and other agencies in Great Britain.

In early 2023 the CMA issued its final decision which stated it will impose a prospective price control on Airwave. We strongly disagreed with the CMA's final decision and we filed an appeal with the Competition Appeal Tribunal ("CAT"). On July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed our appeal on December 22, 2023. On February 13, 2024, we filed an application with the United Kingdom Court of Appeal requesting that it hear our appeal.

Based on the adoption of the remedies order, since August 1, 2023, revenue under the Airwave contract has been recognized in accordance with the prospective price control. As our appeal to the CAT has been dismissed, revenue will continue to be recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order. Our backlog for Airwave services contracted with the Home Office through 2026, inclusive of the five month period beginning August 1, 2023, was reduced by $777 million to align with the remedies order in the fourth quarter of 2023.

Recent Acquisitions

Technology

Segment

Acquisition

Description

Purchase Price

Date of Acquisition

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

IPVideo Corporation

Creator of a multifunctional safety and security device.

$170 million and share-based compensation of $5 million

December 15, 2023

Command Center

Software and Services

Rave Mobile Safety, Inc.
("Rave Mobile")

Provider of mass notification and incident management services.

$553 million and share-based compensation of $2 million

December 14, 2022

LMR Communications

Products and Systems Integration

Futurecom Systems Group, ULC

Provider of radio coverage extension solutions.

$30 million

October 25, 2022

LMR Communications

Products and Systems Integration

Barrett Communications Pty Ltd

Provider of specialized radio communications.

$18 million

August 8, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Videotec S.p.A.

Provider of ruggedized video security solutions.

$23 million and share-based compensation of $4 million

May 12, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Software and Services

Calipsa, Inc.

Provider of cloud-native advanced video analytics.

$39 million and share-based compensation of $4 million

April 19, 2022

LMR Communications

Software and Services

TETRA Ireland Communications Limited

Provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service.

$120 million

March 23, 2022

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Ava Security Limited

Provider of cloud-native video security and analytics.

$388 million and share-based awards and compensation of $7 million

March 3, 2022

Command Center

Software and Services

911 Datamaster, Inc.

Provider of Next Generation 911 data solutions that help to ensure emergency calls are accurately located and routed based on the caller's location.

$35 million and share-based compensation of $3 million

December 16, 2021

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Envysion, Inc.

Provider of enterprise video security and business analytics.

$124 million and share-based compensation of $1 million

October 29, 2021

Video Security and Access Control

Products and Systems Integration

Software and Services

Openpath Security, Inc.

Provider of cloud-based mobile access control.

$298 million and share-based compensation of $29 million

July 15, 2021

Climate Change Regulations

We expect that our operations and supply chain will become increasingly subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and international treaties and industry standards relating to climate change. For example, in the European Union (the “EU”), the EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive and EU taxonomy initiatives will introduce additional due diligence and disclosure requirements addressing sustainability that will apply or we expect will apply, as applicable, to us in the coming years.

Recently, in October 2021 the U.K.’s Cabinet Office began requiring companies bidding on contracts with the U.K. government that have a value of over £5m per year to have carbon reduction plans that contain a commitment to achieving net zero emissions by 2050 for U.K. operations. This requirement applies to our operations in the U.K. Although Motorola Solutions UK Ltd. and Airwave Solutions Ltd., our U.K. subsidiaries, each committed in early 2022 to achieving net zero emissions by 2050 for such entities' U.K. operations, this requirement and any similar future requirements and other increased regulation of climate change concerns could subject us to additional costs and restrictions, impact our competitive position or require us to make certain changes to our manufacturing practices and/or product designs.

Looking Forward

We expect continued growth within our global LMR installed base as a number of events such as natural disasters and large-scale incidents continue to reinforce the importance of having secure, reliable LMR for public safety. We believe our augmentation of LMR with broadband solutions will also drive growth, as we expect our customers will look to integrate valuable data capabilities. We expect to provide additional services to existing LMR customers as communications networks become more complex, software-centric and data-driven.

As public safety needs continue to evolve, we anticipate growth opportunities within the command center as our Command Center portfolio supports the complex process of the public safety workflow from "911 call to case closure." We expect increased growth across our portfolio that consists of native cloud, hybrid and on-premises software solutions that provide a migration path for our customers from on-premises solutions to cloud capabilities, as well as from the increasing adoption of NGCS.

Within Video, we expect growth across our portfolio of fixed and mobile video security solutions embedded with advanced analytics and access control solutions. We believe drivers include the expansion of traditional video sales beyond enterprise customers to government and public safety customers. Additionally, we believe that government, public safety agencies and enterprises are increasingly turning to scalable, cloud-based multi-factor authentication access control to make their facilities more secure with the ability to securely access, search and manage these systems across their sites from a remote or central monitoring location. We also expect customers to continue to embrace analytics that convert video data into actionable insights and offerings such as "video-as-a-service."

Finally, we anticipate new opportunities from the investments we are making to integrate our LMR, Video and Command Center technologies into one unified safety and security ecosystem. We have made go-to-market and research and development investments in both Video and our Command Center technologies with growth in mind. We have made a number of acquisitions and we see opportunities to continue to rationalize costs within both segments of our business, further driving operating leverage in our businesses.

We expect the continuing impact of revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2024 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order. Revenue will continue to be recognized according to the remedies order published by the CMA, unless the United Kingdom Court of Appeal were to reverse the remedies order. Refer to "Recent Events" set forth in this “Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion regarding the impact of the CMA's remedies order on our business.

Results of Operations


	Years ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)	2023		% of Sales **		2022		% of Sales **		2021		% of Sales **
Net sales from products	$	5,814			$	5,368			$	4,606
Net sales from services	4,164				3,744				3,565
Net sales	9,978				9,112				8,171
Costs of product sales	2,591		44.6	%	2,595		48.3	%	2,104		45.7	%
Costs of services sales	2,417		58.0	%	2,288		61.1	%	2,027		56.9	%
Costs of sales	5,008		50.2	%	4,883		53.6	%	4,131		50.6	%
Gross margin	4,970		49.8	%	4,229		46.4	%	4,040		49.4	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses	1,561		15.6	%	1,450		15.9	%	1,353		16.6	%
Research and development expenditures	858		8.6	%	779		8.5	%	734		9.0	%
Other charges	257		2.6	%	339		3.7	%	286		3.5	%
Operating earnings	2,294		23.0	%	1,661		18.2	%	1,667		20.4	%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net	(216)		(2.2)	%	(226)		(2.5)	%	(208)		(2.5)	%
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net	—		—	%	3		—	%	1		—	%
Other, net	68		0.7	%	77		0.8	%	92		1.1	%
Total other expense	(148)		(1.5)	%	(146)		(1.6)	%	(115)		(1.4)	%
Net earnings before income taxes	2,146		21.5	%	1,515		16.6	%	1,552		19.0	%
Income tax expense	432		4.3	%	148		1.6	%	302		3.7	%
Net earnings	1,714		17.2	%	1,367		15.0	%	1,250		15.3	%
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	5		0.1	%	4		—	%	5		0.1	%


Net earnings*	$	1,709	17.1	%	$	1,363	15.0	%	$	1,245	15.2	%



Earnings per diluted common share*	$	9.93			$	7.93			$	7.17

* Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.

** Percentages may not add due to rounding.

Geographic Market Sales by Locale of End Customer


	2023		2022		2021


North America	69	%	70	%	68	%
International	31	%	30	%	32	%
	100	%	100	%	100	%

Results of Operations—2023 Compared to 2022

Net Sales


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration	$	6,242	$	5,728	9	%
Net sales from Software and Services	3,736		3,384		10	%
Net sales	$	9,978	$	9,112	10	%

The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 63% of our net sales in both 2023 and 2022. The Software and Services segment’s net sales represented 37% of our net sales in both 2023 and 2022.

Net sales increased by $866 million, or 10%, compared to 2022. The 9% increase in net sales within the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by a 20% increase in the International region and a 5% increase in the North America region. The 10% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by a 16% increase in the North America region and a 1% increase within the International region. The increase in net sales included:

•an increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of $15 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR and Video; and

•an increase in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $83 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in LMR services, Command Center and Video;

•inclusive of $38 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Regional results included:

•a 9% increase in the North America region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center; and

•a 11% increase in the International region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR and Video, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order.

Products and Systems Integration

The 9% increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by the following:

•$414 million, or 9% growth in LMR, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the International and North America regions; and

•$100 million, or 10% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;

•inclusive of $19 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Software and Services

The 10% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by the following:

•$125 million, or 5% growth in LMR services, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America and International regions, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order;

•$124 million, or 21% growth in Command Center, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions; and

•$103 million, or 20% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America region;

•inclusive of $19 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Gross Margin


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		% Change
Gross margin	$	4,970	$	4,229	18	%

Gross margin was 49.8% of net sales in 2023 compared to 46.4% of net sales in 2022. The primary drivers of this increase in gross margin as a percentage of net sales were:

•higher gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by higher sales and lower direct material costs; and

•higher gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by higher sales and a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	1,561	$	1,450	8	%

SG&A expenses increased $111 million, or 8% in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation, and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses, partially offset by lower Hytera-related legal expenses. SG&A expenses were 15.6% of net sales in 2023 compared to 15.9% of net sales in 2022.

Research and Development ("R&D") Expenditures


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		% Change
Research and development expenditures	$	858	$	779	10	%

R&D expenditures increased $79 million, or 10% in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation, and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses. R&D expenditures were 8.6% of net sales in 2023 and 8.5% of net sales in 2022.

Other Charges


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Other charges	$	257	$	339

Other charges decreased $82 million, or 24% in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to the following:

•$177 million of intangible asset amortization expense in 2023 compared to $257 million in 2022;

•$4 million of legal settlements in 2023 compared to $23 million in 2022;

•$6 million of operating lease asset impairments in 2023 compared to $24 million in 2022;

•$7 million of charges for acquisition-related transaction fees in 2023 compared to $23 million in 2022; and

•$3 million of fixed asset impairments in 2023 compared to $12 million in 2022; partially offset by

•$24 million impairment loss related to the exit of video manufacturing operations in 2023 that did not occur in 2022 (see "Property, Plant and Equipment, Net" within "Note 4: Other Financial Data" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for further information);

•$15 million of environmental reserve expense in 2023 that did not occur in 2022;

•$15 million of gain recoveries from the legal settlement under the Hytera bankruptcy proceedings in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and

•$22 million of net reorganization of business charges in 2023 compared to $18 million in 2022 (see "Note 14: Reorganization of Businesses" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).

Operating Earnings


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration	$	1,244	$	913
Operating earnings from Software and Services	1,050		748
Operating earnings	$	2,294	$	1,661

Operating earnings increased $633 million, or 38% in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in Operating earnings was due to:

•a $331 million increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment from 2022 to 2023, primarily driven by higher sales and lower direct material costs, partially offset by higher employee incentive costs, including share-based compensation; and

•a $302 million increase in the Software and Services segment from 2022 to 2023, primarily driven by higher sales, a $147 million fixed asset impairment loss in 2022 that did not recur in 2023, related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit, and a reduction in intangible amortization expenses, partially offset by the revenue reduction on Airwave services in 2023 due to the implementation of the CMA's remedies order, and higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.

Interest Expense, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Interest expense, net	$	(216)	$	(226)

The $10 million decrease in net interest expense in 2023 compared to 2022 was a result of higher interest income earned on cash partially offset by higher debt outstanding.

Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net	$	—	$	3

The net gains on sales of investments and businesses were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments that occurred in 2022.

Other, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Other, net	$	68	$	77

Other, net income decreased $9 million in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to:

•$53 million of foreign currency losses in 2023 compared to $37 million of foreign currency gains in 2022;

•$99 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2023 compared to $123 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2022;

•$21 million gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and

•$16 million of investment impairments in 2023 compared to $1 million of investment impairments in 2022; partially offset by

•a $20 million gain on derivatives in 2023 compared to a $61 million loss on derivatives in 2022;

•a $13 million gain on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2023 compared to an $30 million loss on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2022;

•a $6 million loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt in 2022 that did not occur in 2023; and

•a $3 million loss on equity method investments in 2022 that did not occur in 2023.

Effective Tax Rate


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022
Income tax expense	$	432	$	148

Income tax expense increased by $284 million in 2023 compared to 2022, for an effective tax rate of 20.1%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:

•$38 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction;

•$33 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation; and

•$19 million of benefits due to the generation of research and development tax credits, offset by:

•$71 million tax expense for estimated 2023 U.S. state income taxes.

Our effective tax rate in 2022 was 9.8%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:

•$77 million of a non-recurring net deferred tax benefit as a result of an intra-group transfer of certain intellectual property rights;

•$68 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation;

•$59 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction; and

•$47 million benefit due to a change in the Company's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in the partial release of valuation allowances.

For further information, see "Note 7: Income Taxes" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Results of Operations—2022 Compared to 2021

Net Sales


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021		% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration	$	5,728	$	5,033	14	%
Net sales from Software and Services	3,384		3,138		8	%
Net sales	$	9,112	$	8,171	12	%

The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 63% of our net sales in 2022, compared to 62% in 2021. The Software and Services segment’s net sales represented 37% of our net sales in 2022, compared to 38% in 2021.

Net sales increased by $941 million, or 12%, in 2022 compared to 2021. The 14% increase in net sales within the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by a 15% increase in the North America region and a 10% increase in the International region. The 8% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by a 14% increase in the North America region and consistent net sales within the International region. The increase in net sales included:

•an increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of $53 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, inclusive of public safety LMR products and PCR, and Video; and

•an increase in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $68 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in Video, LMR services and Command Center;

•inclusive of $216 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Regional results include:

•a 15% increase in the North America region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center; and

•a 5% increase in the International region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in LMR, Video and Command Center.

Products and Systems Integration

The 14% increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by the following:

•$510 million, or 12% growth in public safety LMR products and PCR, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions; and

•$185 million, or 22% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, in both the North America and International regions;

•inclusive of $98 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Software and Services

The 8% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by the following:

•$112 million, or 28% growth in Video, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America region;

•$69 million, or 3% growth in LMR services, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America region; and

•$65 million, or 12% growth in Command Center, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;

•inclusive of $118 million from unfavorable currency rates.

Gross Margin


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021		% Change
Gross margin	$	4,229	$	4,040	5	%

Gross margin was 46.4% of net sales in 2022 compared to 49.4% of net sales in 2021. The primary drivers of this decrease in gross margin as a percentage of net sales were:

•lower gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit; and

•lower gross margin as a percentage of net sales in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by increased direct material costs and freight costs, partially offset by pricing actions and higher sales volume.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021		% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	1,450	$	1,353	7	%

SG&A expenses increased $97 million, or 7% in 2022 compared to 2021. SG&A expenses were 15.9% of net sales in 2022 compared to 16.6% of net sales in 2021. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to higher expenses associated with acquired businesses, higher share-based compensation and higher travel expenses.

Research and Development Expenditures


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021		% Change
Research and development expenditures	$	779	$	734	6	%

R&D expenditures increased $45 million, or 6% in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to an investment in R&D, higher expenses associated with acquired businesses and higher share-based compensation. R&D expenditures were 8.5% of net sales in 2022 and 9.0% of net sales in 2021.

Other Charges


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Other charges	$	339	$	286

Other charges increased $53 million, or 19% in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to the following:

•$257 million of intangible asset amortization expense in 2022 compared to $236 million in 2021;

•$23 million of legal settlements in 2022 compared to $3 million in 2021;

•$24 million of operating lease asset impairments in 2022 compared to $10 million in 2021;

•$12 million of fixed asset impairments in 2022 that did not occur in 2021; and

•$23 million of charges for acquisition-related transaction fees in 2022 compared to $15 million in 2021; partially offset by

•$15 million of gain recoveries from the legal settlement under the Hytera bankruptcy proceedings in 2022 that did not occur in 2021; and

•$18 million of net reorganization of business charges in 2022 compared to $24 million in 2021 (see "Note 14: Reorganization of Businesses" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).

Operating Earnings


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration	$	913	$	760
Operating earnings from Software and Services	748		907
Operating earnings	$	1,661	$	1,667

Operating earnings decreased $6 million, or 0.4% in 2022 compared to 2021. The decrease in Operating earnings was due to:

•a $159 million decrease in the Software and Services segment from 2021 to 2022, primarily driven by a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office which we have executed an agreement to exit; partially offset by

•a $153 million increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment from 2021 to 2022, driven by higher sales volume and increased pricing, partially offset by higher direct material costs and higher operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses was primarily driven by higher expenses associated with acquired businesses and $27 million higher share-based compensation expense, partially offset by a $15 million gain from Hytera legal recoveries.

Interest Expense, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Interest expense, net	$	(226)	$	(208)

The $18 million increase in net interest expense in 2022 compared to 2021 was a result of higher debt outstanding and the reversal of a non-cash interest accrual related to an international tax audit in 2021, partially offset by higher interest income earned on cash.

Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Gains (Losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net	$	3	$	1

The net gains on sales of investments and businesses were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments.

Other, net


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Other, net	$	77	$	92

Other, net income decreased $15 million in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to:

•a $61 million loss on derivatives in 2022 compared to a $30 million loss on derivatives in 2021;

•a $30 million loss on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2022 compared to an $8 million loss on fair value adjustments to equity investments in 2021; and

•a $3 million loss on equity method investments in 2022 compared to a $5 million gain on equity method investments in 2021; partially offset by

•a $21 million gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment in 2022 that did not occur in 2021;

•$37 million of foreign currency gains in 2022 compared to $17 million of foreign currency gains in 2021; and

•a $6 million loss on the extinguishment of long term debt in 2022 compared to an $18 million loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt in 2021 (see "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).

Effective Tax Rate


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2022		2021
Income tax expense	$	148	$	302

Income tax expense decreased by $154 million in 2022 compared to 2021, for an effective tax rate of 9.8%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:

•a $77 million non-recurring net deferred tax benefit as a result of an intra-group transfer of certain intellectual property rights in 2022;

•$68 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation;

•a $59 million benefit from the foreign derived intangible income deduction; and

•a $47 million benefit due to a change in the Company's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in the partial release of valuation allowances.

Our effective tax rate in 2021 was 19.5%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:

•a $34 million benefit due to a change in the Company's ability to utilize tax attribute carryforwards resulting in the partial release of valuation allowances; and

•$32 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation.

Reorganization of Businesses

In 2023, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $53 million relating to the separation of 700 employees, of which 420 were direct employees and 280 were indirect employees. The $53 million of charges included $7 million recorded to Cost of sales and $46 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $53 million were charges of $41 million related to employee separation costs and a $24 million impairment loss related to the exit of video manufacturing operations, partially offset by $7 million of reversals for employee separation accruals no longer needed and $5 million of reversals for exit cost accruals no longer needed.

During 2022, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $36 million relating to the separation of 460 employees, of which 310 were direct employees and 150 were indirect employees. The $36 million of charges included $18 million recorded to Cost of sales and $18 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $36 million were charges of $36 million for employee separation costs and $10 million for exit costs, partially offset by $10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.

During 2021, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $32 million relating to the separation of 600 employees, of which 200 were indirect employees and 400 were direct employees. The $32 million of charges included $8 million recorded to Cost of sales and $24 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $32 million were charges of $42 million for employee separation costs, partially offset by $10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.

The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment due to such reorganizations:


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
Products and Systems Integration	$	45	$	21	$	25
Software and Services	8		15		7
	53		$	36	$	32

Cash payments for employee severance in connection with the reorganization of business plans were $37 million, $34 million, and $77 million in 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The reorganization of business accruals for employee separation costs at December 31, 2023 were $23 million which we expect to pay within one year.

At January 1, 2023, we had an accrual of $10 million for exit costs related to our exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. During the year, we recorded a $5 million reversal for accruals no longer needed. The remaining $5 million of exit costs are recorded in Accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2023, and are expected to be paid within one year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources


	Years Ended December 31
	2023		2022		2021
Cash flows provided by (used for):
Operating activities	$	2,044	$	1,823	$	1,837
Investing activities	(414)		(1,387)		(742)
Financing activities	(1,295)		(906)		(429)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	45		(79)		(46)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	380	$	(549)	$	620

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2023, $1.4 billion of our $1.7 billion cash and cash equivalents balance was held in the U.S. and $347 million was held in other countries. Restricted cash was $2 million at each of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

In 2023, we repatriated $435 million in cash to the U.S. from international jurisdictions. We routinely repatriate a portion of non-U.S. earnings each year. We have recorded income tax expense for foreign withholding tax and distribution taxes on such earnings and, under current U.S. tax laws, do not expect to incur material incremental U.S. tax on repatriation.

Where appropriate, we may also pursue capital reduction activities; however, such activities can be involved and lengthy. While we regularly repatriate funds, and a portion of offshore funds can be repatriated with minimal adverse financial impact, repatriation of some of these funds may be subject to delay due to local country approvals.

Operating Activities

The increase in operating cash flows from 2022 to 2023 was driven by:

•higher earnings, net of non-cash charges; and

•improved working capital; partially offset by

•$280 million of higher income tax payments, including a one-time $70 million cash tax payment made in 2023 related to an intra-group transfer of certain IP rights that was completed in 2022 (see "Note 7: Income Taxes" to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).

The decrease in operating cash flows from 2021 to 2022 was driven by:

•an increase in working capital, inclusive of higher inventory;

•higher employee incentive costs; and

•$50 million of higher income tax payments; partially offset by

•higher earnings.

Investing Activities

The decrease in net cash used for investing activities from 2022 to 2023 was primarily due to:

•$997 million decrease in acquisitions and investments, driven by acquisitions and investments of $180 million in 2023 compared to $1.2 billion in 2022; and

•$3 million decrease in capital expenditures in 2023 compared to 2022; partially offset by

•$27 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of investments in 2023 compared to 2022.

The increase in net cash used for investing activities from 2021 to 2022 was primarily due to:

•$656 million increase in acquisitions and investments, driven by acquisitions of $1.2 billion in 2022 compared to $521 million in 2021;

•$30 million increase in proceeds from the sale of investments in 2022 compared to 2021; and

•$13 million increase in capital expenditures in 2022 compared to 2021.

Financing Activities

The increase in cash used for financing activities in 2023 compared to cash used for financing activities in 2022 was driven by (also see further discussion in "Debt," "Credit Facilities," "Share Repurchase Program" and "Dividends" in this section below):

•$589 million cash used for the payment of dividends in 2023 compared to $530 million in 2022; and

•$104 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans in 2023 compared to $156 million in 2022; partially offset by

•$595 million in net proceeds in 2022 from the issuance of $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032, of which a portion was subsequently used to repurchase $275 million principal amount of our 4.0% senior notes due 2024 for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest; and

•$804 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2023 compared to $836 million in 2022.

The increase in cash used for financing activities in 2022 compared to cash used for financing activities in 2021 was driven by:

•$836 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2022 compared to $528 million in 2021; and

•$530 million cash used for the payment of dividends in 2022 compared to $482 million in 2021; partially offset by

•$595 million net proceeds in 2022 from the issuance of $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032, of which a portion was subsequently used to repurchase $275 million principal amount of our 4.0% senior notes due 2024 for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest.

Sales of Receivables

We may choose to sell accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. We may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.

The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
Contract-specific discounting facility	—		$	49	$	211
Accounts receivable sales proceeds	96		179		56
Long-term receivables sales proceeds	182		204		248
Total proceeds from receivable sales	$	278	$	432	$	515

At December 31, 2023, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $813 million of long-term receivables, compared to $891 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2022. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities related to the sales of accounts receivables and long-term receivables.

Debt

We had outstanding long-term debt of $6.0 billion and $6.0 billion, including the current portions of $1.3 billion and $1 million, at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

On September 5, 2019, we entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue $1.0 billion of 1.75% senior convertible notes which mature in September 2024 (the "Senior Convertible Notes"). Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The Senior Notes became fully convertible on September 5, 2021. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount (which is equal to a conversion price of $201.33 per share), adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. On February 14, 2024, we agreed with Silver Lake Partners to repurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.

In May of 2021, we issued $850 million of 2.75% senior notes due 2031. We recognized net proceeds of $844 million after debt issuance costs. A portion of these proceeds was then used to redeem $324 million in principal amount of our outstanding long-term debt for a purchase price of $341 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs, we recognized a loss of $18 million related to the redemption in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In May of 2022, we issued $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032. We recognized net proceeds of $595 million after debt issuance costs and discounts. A portion of these proceeds was then used to repurchase $275 million in principal amount of the Company's 4.0% senior notes due 2024 pursuant to a cash tender offer, for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, we recognized a loss of $6 million related to the tender offer in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We have an unsecured commercial paper program, backed by the revolving credit facility described below, under which we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. At maturity, the notes are paid back in full including the interest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2023, we had no outstanding debt under the commercial paper program.

Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2023, we had a $2.25 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in March 2026 (the "2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). The 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit and fronting commitments of $450 million. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate plus the applicable margin, or at a spread above the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), at our option. An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if our credit rating changes. We must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. We were in compliance with our financial covenants as of December 31, 2023.

We have investment grade ratings on our senior unsecured long-term debt. During the year ended December 31, 2023, Moody's Investors Service upgraded our credit rating to Baa2 from Baa3. We continue to believe that we will be able to maintain sufficient access to the capital markets in the next twelve months and the foreseeable future.

Share Repurchase Program

Through a series of actions, including approval in November 2023 to increase the authorized amount by $2.0 billion, the Board of Directors has authorized an aggregate share repurchase amount of up to $18.0 billion of our outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2023, we used approximately $15.5 billion of the share repurchase authority, excluding transaction costs and excise tax, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases. As of January 1, 2023, our share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which was $4 million as of December 31, 2023.

Our share repurchases for 2023, 2022, and 2021 are summarized as follows:


Year	Shares Repurchased (in millions)	Average Price		Amount (in millions)
2023	2.9	$	278.56	$	804
2022	3.7	225.00		836
2021	2.5	208.41		528

Dividends

We paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock of $589 million in 2023, $530 million in 2022, and $482 million in 2021. On January 12, 2024, we paid an additional $163 million in cash dividends to holders of our common stock.

Adequate Internal Funding Resources

We believe that we have adequate internal resources available to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet our expected working capital, capital expenditure and cash requirements for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future, as supported by the level of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., the ability to repatriate funds from foreign jurisdictions, cash provided by operations, as well as liquidity provided by our commercial paper program backed by the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.

We do not anticipate a material decrease to net future cash flows generated from operations. We expect to use our available cash, investments, and debt facilities to support and invest in our business. This includes investing in our existing products and technologies, seeking new acquisition opportunities related to our strategic growth initiatives and returning cash to shareholders through common stock cash dividend payments (subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors) and share repurchases. Refer also to "Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors" for further discussion regarding access to the capital markets.

Material Cash Requirements from Contractual and Other Obligations

Summarized in the table and text below are our short-term (within the next twelve months) and long-term material cash requirements as of December 31, 2023, which we expect to fund with a combination of operating cash flows, existing cash balances or, as needed, borrowings under new or existing debt:


	Payments Due by Period
(in millions)		Short-term		Long-term
Long-term debt obligations, gross(1)		$	1,313	$	4,748
Lease obligations(2)		145		446
Purchase obligations(3)		131		338


Total obligations		$	1,589	$	5,532

(1)Amounts included represent the estimated principal payments applicable to outstanding debt. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for discussion related to our long-term debt obligations.

(2)We lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases. We are evaluating our real estate needs in order to identify opportunities to reduce long-term cash requirements for office space where practicable. Refer to "Note 3: Leases" to our consolidated financial statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for further discussion of these material lease obligations.

(3)Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments. Such commitments include license agreements and agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow them to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by us or establish the parameters defining our requirements. We do not anticipate the cancellation of any of our take-or-pay agreements in the future and estimate that purchases from these suppliers will exceed the minimum obligations during the agreement periods.

Other Contingencies

Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value: In certain circumstances, we enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the customer for failed performance might exceed the revenue we receive from the contract. Contracts with these types of uncapped damages provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.

Indemnification Provisions: We may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property agreements. Historically, we have not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against us. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to intellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In indemnification cases, payment by us is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In some instances we may have recourse against third-parties for certain payments made by us.

Legal Matters: We are a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and actions, which arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.

Long-term Customer Financing Commitments

Outstanding Commitments: Certain purchasers of our products and services may request that we provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term of greater than one year) in connection with the sale of equipment. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. Our obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of us by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from us. We had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $103 million at December 31, 2023 and $65 million at December 31, 2022.

Critical Accounting Estimates

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting estimates, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue Recognition

We enter into arrangements which generally consist of multiple promises to our customers. We evaluate whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, we allocate the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. We use list price as the standalone selling price for sales sold through our channel partners. Given the unique nature of the goods and services we provide to direct customers, standalone sales of our products generally do not exist. Therefore, we determine ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including historical sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on our normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points for similar customers and circumstances, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.

We account for certain system contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.

For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, we rely on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, equipment and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. We have a standard and disciplined process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.

Retirement Benefits

Our benefit obligations and net periodic pension costs (benefits) associated with our domestic noncontributory pension plans (“U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”), our foreign noncontributory pension plans (“Non-U.S. Plans”), as well as our domestic postretirement health care plan (“Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”), are determined using actuarial assumptions. The assumptions are based on management’s best estimates, after consulting with outside investment advisors and actuaries.

Accounting methodologies use an attribution approach that generally spreads the effects of individual events over the service lives of the participants in the plan, or estimated average lifetime when almost all of the plan participants are considered "inactive." Examples of “events” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases. As such, depending on the specific plan, we amortize gains and losses over periods ranging from nine to twenty-seven years. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from one to seventeen years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.

There are various assumptions used in calculating the net periodic costs (benefits) and related benefit obligations. One of these assumptions is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns. We use a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.

We use long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop our expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic pension cost (benefit) and the net postretirement health care benefit. Our investment return assumption for the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans was 7.87% in 2023 and 6.76% in 2022. Our investment return assumption for the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was 8.00% in 2023 and 6.90% in 2022. Our weighted average investment return assumption for the Non-U.S. Plans was 6.18% in 2023 and 4.78% in 2022. For the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, a 25 bps increase in expected return on plan assets would result in $10 million of additional net periodic pension benefit and a 25 bps decrease would result in a $10 million reduction in net periodic pension benefit in 2023. For the Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, a 25 bps increase in expected return on plan assets would result in $4 million of additional net periodic pension benefit and a 25 bps decrease would result in a

$4 million reduction in net periodic pension benefit in 2023. For the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan, a change in expected return on plan assets would have a de minimis impact to net periodic pension benefit in 2023.

A second key assumption is the discount rate. The discount rate assumptions used for the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, the Non-U.S. Plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan reflect, at December 31 of each year, the prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments that, if the obligation was settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. Our discount rates for measuring our U.S. Pension Benefit Plan obligations were 5.01% and 5.20% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our weighted average discount rates for measuring our Non-U.S. Plans were 4.3% and 4.6% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our discount rates for measuring the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan obligation were 4.92% and 5.10% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

For the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, a 25 bps increase in the discount rate on the projected benefit obligation would result in a $114 million reduction of the projected benefit obligation and a 25 bps decrease would result in $119 million of additional projected benefit obligation in 2023. For the Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan, a 25 bps change in our discount rate would be de minimis in 2023.

Valuation and Recoverability of Goodwill

We assess the recorded amount of goodwill for recovery on an annual basis as of the last day of the third quarter of each fiscal year. Goodwill is assessed more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. We continually assess whether any such events and circumstances have occurred, which requires a significant amount of judgment. Such events and circumstances may include: (i) adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, (ii) adverse changes in the industry or market in which we transact, (iii) changes in cost factors negatively impacting earnings and cash flows, (iv) negative or declining overall financial performance, (v) events affecting the carrying value or composition of a reporting unit, or (vi) a sustained decrease in share price, among others. Any such adverse event or change in circumstances could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a “component”). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. When two or more components of an operating segment have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. An operating segment is deemed to be a reporting unit if all of its components are similar, if none of its components is a reporting unit, or if the segment comprises only a single component. Based on this guidance, we have determined that our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments are comprised of three and two reporting units, respectively.

We performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount for the fiscal years 2023. In performing this qualitative assessment we assessed relevant events and circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in enterprise value and entity-specific events. In the fiscal year 2022, we elected to perform a quantitative assessment of goodwill for impairment. For fiscal years 2023 and 2022, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Management makes assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current and deferred tax provision and also the deferred tax assets and liabilities. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if adjustments to our valuation allowance are required based on the consideration of all available positive and negative evidence.

Our assumptions, judgments and estimates for computing the income tax provision takes into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax law and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We believe such estimates to be reasonable; however, the final determination of certain audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt as interest rate fluctuations impact the fair value of our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2023, we had $6.0 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates as of the end of 2023 would have increased the fair value of our debt by approximately $147 million at December 31, 2023. See "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" to the consolidated financial statements included in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for more information on our long-term debt.

In order to manage interest rate exposure, during the year ended December 31, 2023, we entered into Treasury rate lock agreements to protect against unfavorable interest rate changes related to forecasted debt transactions. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges with unrealized gains and losses deferred in other comprehensive income. The derivatives will be settled upon the issuance of the related debt and gains and losses generated from the derivatives will be recognized within interest expense over the same period that the hedged interest payments affect earnings. We entered into Treasury rate lock agreements in a cash flow hedging relationship with a notional amount of $200 million as of December 31, 2023 and did not enter into any such agreements as of December 31, 2022.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of buying and selling in various currencies, our net investments in foreign entities, and monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. We use financial instruments to reduce our overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. Our policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate price fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.

Our strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on our assessment of risk. We enter into derivative contracts for some of our non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. Our policy permits us to use forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, we enter into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of our overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of our exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.

We had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at the end of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Management does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.

The following table shows the five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 2023 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2022:


	Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency	2023		2022
Euro	$	322	$	185
British pound	252		290
Australian dollar	(140)		(130)
Canadian dollar	76		—
Chinese renminbi	(66)		(61)

Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instruments and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. Currently, our derivative financial instruments consist primarily of currency forward contracts. Other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, accounts payable and accounts receivable. Assuming the amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts represent our underlying foreign exchange risk related to monetary assets and liabilities, a hypothetical unfavorable 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates at December 31, 2023 would reduce the value of those monetary assets and liabilities by approximately $92 million. Our market risk calculation represents an estimate of reasonably possible net losses that would be recognized assuming hypothetical 10% movements in future currency market pricing and is not necessarily indicative of actual results, which may or may not occur. It does not represent the maximum possible loss or any expected loss that may occur, since actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated, based upon, among other things, actual fluctuation in market rates, operating exposures, and the timing thereof. We believe, however,

that any such loss incurred would be offset by the effects of market rate movements on the respective underlying derivative financial instruments transactions.

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


			Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)			54
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Statements of Operations			56
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)			57
Consolidated Balance Sheets			58
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)			59
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows			60
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			61

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Motorola Solutions, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Estimated Costs to Complete System Contracts

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.9 billion of the Company’s total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 was generated from system contracts. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, management relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. Management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and the cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition - estimated costs to complete system contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion, including significant judgments and assumptions on a contract by contract basis and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion for system contracts.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion for system contracts. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion, including evaluating, for a sample of contracts, the reasonableness of certain significant judgments and assumptions used by management. Evaluating the significant judgments and assumptions used by management in developing the estimates of total net sales and Estimated Costs at Completion involved evaluating whether the significant judgments and assumptions were reasonable considering (i) on a test basis, management’s historical forecasting accuracy; (ii) on a test basis, evidence to support the relevant judgments and assumptions; (iii) the consistent application of accounting policies; and (iv) the timely identification of circumstances which may require a modification to a previous estimate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 15, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Consolidated Statements of Operations


	Years ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)	2023		2022		2021
Net sales from products	$	5,814	$	5,368	$	4,606
Net sales from services	4,164		3,744		3,565
Net sales	9,978		9,112		8,171
Costs of products sales	2,591		2,595		2,104
Costs of services sales	2,417		2,288		2,027
Costs of sales	5,008		4,883		4,131
Gross margin	4,970		4,229		4,040
Selling, general and administrative expenses	1,561		1,450		1,353
Research and development expenditures	858		779		734
Other charges	257		339		286
Operating earnings	2,294		1,661		1,667
Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net	(216)		(226)		(208)
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net	—		3		1
Other, net	68		77		92
Total other expense	(148)		(146)		(115)
Net earnings before income taxes	2,146		1,515		1,552
Income tax expense	432		148		302


Net earnings	1,714		1,367		1,250
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	5		4		5
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.	$	1,709	$	1,363	$	1,245




Earnings per common share:
Basic	$	10.23	$	8.14	$	7.36



Diluted	9.93		7.93		7.17



Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic	167.0		167.5		169.2
Diluted	172.1		171.9		173.6
Dividends declared per share	$	3.62	$	3.25	$	2.92

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		2021
Net earnings	$	1,714	$	1,367	$	1,250
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (Note 4):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	57		(155)		(24)
Derivative instruments	(12)		—		—

Defined benefit plans	(50)		(1)		91
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(5)		(156)		67
Comprehensive income	1,709		1,211		1,317
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	5		4		5
Comprehensive income attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.	$	1,704	$	1,207	$	1,312

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Balance Sheets


	December 31
(In millions, except par value)	2023		2022
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,705	$	1,325
Accounts receivable, net	1,710		1,518
Contract assets	1,102		974
Inventories, net	827		1,055
Other current assets	357		383
Current assets held for disposition	24		—
Total current assets	5,725		5,255
Property, plant and equipment, net	964		927
Operating lease assets	495		485
Investments	143		147
Deferred income taxes	1,062		1,036
Goodwill	3,401		3,312
Intangible assets, net	1,255		1,342
Other assets	274		310
Non-current assets held for disposition	17		—
Total assets	$	13,336	$	12,814
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current portion of long-term debt	$	1,313	$	1
Accounts payable	881		1,062
Contract liabilities	2,037		1,859
Accrued liabilities	1,504		1,638
Current liabilities held for disposition	1		—
Total current liabilities	5,736		4,560
Long-term debt	4,705		6,013
Operating lease liabilities	407		419
Other liabilities	1,741		1,691
Non-current liabilities held for disposition	8		—
Preferred stock, $100 par value: 0.5 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	—		—
Common stock, $0.01 par value:	2		2
Authorized shares: 600.0
Issued shares: 12/31/23—167.4; 12/31/22—168.5
Outstanding shares: 12/31/23—166.2; 12/31/22—167.5
Additional paid-in capital	1,622		1,306
Retained earnings	1,640		1,343
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(2,540)		(2,535)
Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity	724		116
Noncontrolling interests	15		15
Total stockholders’ equity	739		131
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	13,336	$	12,814

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)


(In millions)	Shares	Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)		Retained Earnings		Noncontrolling Interests
Balance as of January 1, 2021	170.2	$	761	$	(2,446)	$	1,127	$	17
Net earnings						1,245		5

Other comprehensive income				67
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised	1.9	99
Share repurchase program	(2.5)					(528)

Share-based compensation expenses		129

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock								(5)

Dividends declared						(494)

Balance as of December 31, 2021	169.6	$	989	$	(2,379)	$	1,350	$	17
Net earnings						1,363		4

Other comprehensive loss				(156)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised	2.6	157
Share repurchase program	(3.7)					(836)

Share-based compensation expenses		172

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock								(6)

Dividends declared						(544)
ASU 2020-06 modified retrospective adoption		(10)				10
Balance as of December 31, 2022	168.5	$	1,308	$	(2,535)	$	1,343	$	15
Net earnings						1,709		5
Other comprehensive loss				(5)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised	1.8	104
Share repurchase program	(2.9)					(808)
Share-based compensation expenses		212
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock								(5)
Dividends declared						(604)





Balance as of December 31, 2023	167.4	$	1,624	$	(2,540)	$	1,640	$	15

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


	Years ended December 31
(In millions)	2023		2022		2021
Operating


Net earnings	$	1,714	$	1,367	$	1,250


Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings to Net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	356		440		438
Non-cash other charges	14		23		3
Exit of video manufacturing operations	24		—		—
Loss on ESN fixed asset impairment	—		147		—



Share-based compensation expenses	212		172		129
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net	—		(3)		(1)
Losses from the extinguishment of long-term debt	—		6		18
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments:

Accounts receivable	(180)		(112)		3
Inventories	200		(242)		(284)
Other current assets and contract assets	(82)		(1)		(205)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and contract liabilities	(144)		451		578
Other assets and liabilities	(38)		(91)		(126)
Deferred income taxes	(32)		(334)		34
Net cash provided by operating activities	2,044		1,823		1,837
Investing
Acquisitions and investments, net	(180)		(1,177)		(521)
Proceeds from sales of investments	19		46		16
Capital expenditures	(253)		(256)		(243)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment	—		—		6

Net cash used for investing activities	(414)		(1,387)		(742)
Financing
Net proceeds from issuance of debt	—		595		844
Repayment of debt	(1)		(285)		(353)


Revolving credit facility renewal fees	—		—		(7)
Issuances of common stock	104		156		102
Purchases of common stock	(804)		(836)		(528)


Payment of dividends	(589)		(530)		(482)
Payment of dividends to noncontrolling interest	(5)		(6)		(5)

Net cash used for financing activities	(1,295)		(906)		(429)






Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	45		(79)		(46)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	380		(549)		620
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	1,325		1,874		1,254
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	1,705	$	1,325	$	1,874
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest paid	$	234	$	226	$	207
Income and withholding taxes, net of refunds	$	587	$	307	$	257

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in millions, except as noted)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (the “Company” or “Motorola Solutions”) and all controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and reclassifications) necessary to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, statements of comprehensive income, and statements of stockholders' equity and cash flows for all periods presented.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States ("U.S.") Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition: Net sales consist of a wide range of goods and services including the delivery of products, systems and system integration as well as offering software and service solutions. The Company recognizes revenue to reflect the transfer of control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services.

The Products and Systems Integration segment is comprised of devices, systems, and systems integration for our Land Mobile Radio Communication ("LMR" or "LMR Communications") and Video Security and Access Control ("Video") technologies. Direct customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are typically government, public safety agencies, procuring at state, local, and federal levels as well as large commercial customers with secure mission-critical needs. Indirect customers are defined as customers purchasing professional and commercial radios and video security, which are primarily sold through the Company's reseller partners to an end-customer base, composed of various industries where private communications networks and video security are used to secure operations and enable a mobile workforce. Contracts with the Company's customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our government customers, funded through appropriations. The Company records consideration from shipping and handling on a gross basis within Net sales. In limited instances where the Company is not the principal in the arrangement, the Company will recognize revenue on a net basis.

LMR and Video devices include two-way portable and vehicle-mounted radios, fixed video cameras and accessories. Devices are considered capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of the Company's contracts. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the devices to the customer at a point in time, typically consistent with delivery under the applicable shipping terms. Devices are sold by both the direct sales force and through reseller partners. Revenue is generally recognized upon transfer of devices to reseller partners, rather than the end-customer, except for limited consignment arrangements. Provisions for returns and reseller discounts are made on a portfolio basis using historical data.

The Products and Systems Integration segment includes both customized communications networks and video security solutions, including the integration of these networks with devices, software, and applications within both LMR and Video technologies. For systems contracts, revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $1.9 billion compared to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 and $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. The communications networks include the aggregation of promises to the customer to provide i) a communications network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, and repeaters or ii) a video security solution including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, and access control solutions. The individual promises within a communications network contract are not distinct in the context of the contract, as the Company provides a significant service of integrating and customizing the goods and services promised. The communications network represents a distinct performance obligation for which revenue is recognized over time, as the Company creates an asset with no alternative use and has an enforceable right to payment for work performed. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. Products and Systems Integration revenue for communications network systems is recognized over an average duration of approximately one to two years. Individual promises of the video security solution are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. Video security solutions are traditionally sold through reseller partners, with contracts negotiated under fixed pricing. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the video solution to the reseller partners, typically upon shipment.

The Software and Services segment provides solutions for government, public safety and commercial communications networks. Direct customers of the Software and Services segment are typically government, public safety and first-responder agencies and municipalities. Indirect customers are commercial customers who distribute our software solutions to a final end customer base. Contracts with our customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations.

Software offerings primarily include Command Center and Video software and services which can be delivered either as an “as-a-service”, on-premise, or hybrid solution. Solutions delivered as-a-service consist of a range of promises including hosted software, technical support and the right to unspecified future software enhancements. Software is not distinct from the hosting

service since the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software at any time during the term of the arrangement. The hosted software, technical support, and right to unspecified future software enhancements each represent a series of distinct services that are delivered concurrently using the same over-time method. As such, the promises are accounted for as a single performance obligation with revenue recognized on a straight-line basis.

On-premise and hybrid offerings generally consist of multiple promises primarily including software licenses and post-contract customer support. The promises are generally each distinct and distinct within the context of the contract as the customer benefits from each promise individually without any significant integration or interrelationship between the promises. On-premise software revenue is generally recognized at the point in time when the customer can benefit from the software which generally aligns with the beginning of the license period. Revenue for post-contract customer support is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the services on a straight-line basis. In certain situations when the software license is not distinct within the context of the contract, revenue for the software license is recognized over time following the transfer of control under the arrangement. For hybrid arrangements, the on-premise software and as-a-service software are generally distinct performance obligations where the on-premise solution is recognized at the point when the customer can benefit from the software and the as-a-service software is recognized over time as the customer receives the benefit from the hosted solution.

Services include a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced offerings include: monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed service offerings range from partial to full operation of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned communications networks. Services are provided across all technologies and are both distinct and capable of being distinct in the context of the contract, representing a series of recurring services that the Company stands ready to perform over the contract term. Since services contracts typically allow for customers to terminate for convenience or for non-appropriations of fiscal funding, the contract term is generally considered to be limited to a monthly or annual basis, subject to customer renewal. While contracts with customers are typically fixed fee, certain managed services contracts may be subject to variable consideration related to the achievement of service level agreement performance measurements. The Company has not historically paid significant penalties under service level agreements, and accordingly, it does not constrain its contract price. Certain contracts may also contain variable consideration driven by the number of users. Revenue is typically recognized on services over time as a series of services performed over the contract term on a straight-line basis.

The Company enters into arrangements which generally consist of multiple promises to our customers. The Company evaluates whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. We use list price as the standalone selling price for indirect sales sold through our channel partners. Given the unique nature of the goods and services we provide to direct customers, sufficient standalone sales of our products generally do not exist. Therefore, the Company determines ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available historical data points including sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on its normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points for similar customers and circumstances, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.

The Company accounts for certain system contracts without an alternative use on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.

For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, the Company relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. The Company has a standard and disciplined process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.

Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash was $2 million at each of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Investments: The Company generally invests in equity securities of a strategic nature.

The Company applies the equity method of accounting for equity investments if the Company has significant influence over the issuing entity. The Company’s share of the investee’s underlying net income or loss is recorded to Other, net within Other income (expense).

Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in Other, net within Other income (expense). Equity securities without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost, less impairments, if any, and adjusted for observable price changes for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. The Company performs a qualitative impairment assessment to determine if such investments are impaired. The qualitative assessment considers all available information, including declines in the financial performance of the issuing entity, the issuing entity’s operating environment, and general market conditions. Impairments of equity securities without readily determinable fair values are recorded to Other, net within Other income (expense).

Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value.

Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (leasehold improvements, one to twenty years; machinery and equipment, one to fifteen years) and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, useful lives of the assets may be adjusted or an impairment assessment may be performed on the recoverability of the carrying value.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit, or more frequently if events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value level. The Company performs its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment as of the last day of the third quarter of each fiscal year, typically through a qualitative assessment. Indicators of impairment include: (i) macroeconomic conditions, (ii) industry and market conditions, (iii) cost factors, including product and selling, general and administrative costs, (iv) overall financial performance of the Company, (v) changes in share price, and (vi) other relevant company-specific events. If it is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company will perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. A quantitative assessment includes the assignment of assets and liabilities to each of the Company's reporting units and an assessment of the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units. The Company utilizes an income approach (discounted cash flows) to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, which is corroborated by market multiples when available and as appropriate. Key assumptions in the quantitative analysis include revenue growth rates (including long-term growth rates for terminal value assumptions), operating margin estimates, discount rates, and where applicable, the comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in the Company's industry.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to twenty years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Leases: The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases.

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract. The Company’s key considerations in determining whether a contract is or contains a lease include establishing whether the supplier has the ability to use other assets to fulfill its service or whether the terms of the agreement enable the Company to control the use of a dedicated asset during the contract term. In the majority of the Company’s contracts where it must identify whether a lease is present, it is readily determinable that the Company controls the use of the assets and obtains substantially all of the economic benefit during the term of the contract. In those contracts where identification is not readily determinable, the Company has determined that the supplier has either the ability to use another asset to provide the service or the terms of the contract give the supplier the right to operate the asset at its discretion during the term of the contract.

Right-of-use ("ROU") assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The Company’s lease payments are typically fixed or contain fixed escalators. The Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its current lease categories and therefore, all consideration is included in lease payments. For the Company’s leases consisting of land and other equipment (i.e. “communications network sites”), future payments are subject to variability due to changes in indices or rates. The Company values its ROU assets and lease liabilities based on the index or rate in effect at lease commencement. Future changes in the indices or rates are accounted for as variable lease costs. Other variable lease costs include items that are not fixed at lease commencement including property taxes, insurance, and operating charges that vary based on usage. ROU assets also include lease payments made in advance and are net of lease incentives.

As the majority of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rates based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The Company’s incremental borrowing rates are based on the term of the lease, the economic environment of the lease, and the effect of collateralization.

The Company's lease terms range from one to twenty-one years and may include options to extend the lease by one to ten years or terminate the lease after the initial non-cancelable term. The Company does not include options in the determination of

the lease term for the majority of leases as sufficient economic factors do not exist that would compel it to continue to use the underlying asset beyond the initial non-cancelable term. However, for the Company's communications network site leases that are necessary to provide services to customers under managed service arrangements, the Company includes options in the lease term to the extent of the customer contracts to which those leases relate.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset (group) to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset (group). If an asset (group) is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset (group) exceeds the asset's (group's) fair value calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis or market comparable analysis. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

Income Taxes: The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws. The Company's deferred and other tax balances are based on management's interpretation of the tax regulations and rulings in numerous tax jurisdictions. Income tax expenses and liabilities recognized by the Company also reflect its best estimates and assumptions regarding, among other things, the level of future taxable income, the effect of the Company's various tax planning strategies, and uncertain tax positions. Future tax authority rulings and changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, and future tax planning strategies could affect the actual effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company.

Long-Term Receivables: Long-term receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. The Company estimates credit losses on accounts receivable based on historical losses and then takes into account estimates of current and future economic conditions. Long-term receivables are considered past due if payments have not been received according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest. Impaired long-term receivables are valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income and late fees on impaired long-term receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired long-term receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under restructuring for four consecutive quarters.

Environmental Liabilities: The Company maintains a liability related to ongoing remediation efforts of environmental media such as groundwater, soil, and soil vapor, as well as related legal fees for a designated Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (commonly known as the “Superfund Act”) incurred by a legacy business. It is the Company’s policy to re-evaluate the reserve when certain events become known that will impact the future cash payments. When the timing and amount of the future cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable, the Company discounts the future cash flows used in estimating the accrual using a risk-free treasury rate. The current portion of the estimated environmental liability is included in the Accrued liabilities statement line and the non-current portion is included in the Other liabilities statement line within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Foreign Currency: Certain non-U.S. operations within the Company use their respective local currency as their functional currency. Those operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For those operations that have transactions denominated in local currency which differs from functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured in their functional currency using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other within Other income (expense) within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.

The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against gains or losses on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on the Company's assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of its non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company typically uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company has entered into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of its overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.

Derivative Instruments: For Foreign exchange contracts, not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses are recorded immediately in Other income (expense) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For Equity swap contracts, which do not qualify for hedge accounting, gains and losses are recorded immediately in Selling, general and administrative

expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as net investment hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income. Components excluded from the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness in net investment hedges are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income at their initial value and amortized into Interest expense, net on a straight-line basis. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income.

Fair Value Measurements: The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date and is measured using the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy prescribes valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable, in active markets.

Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Earnings Per Share: The Company calculates its basic earnings per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation and the weighted-average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated for net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions for all periods presented.

Share-Based Compensation Costs: The Company grants share-based compensation awards and offers an employee stock purchase plan. The amount of compensation cost for these share-based awards is generally measured based on the fair value of the awards as of the date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted to the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The fair values of stock options and stock appreciation rights are generally determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model which incorporates assumptions about expected volatility, risk-free rate, dividend yield, and expected life. Performance-based stock options, performance stock units, and market stock units vest based on market conditions and are therefore measured under a Monte Carlo simulation in order to simulate a range of possible future unit prices for Motorola Solutions over the performance period. Compensation cost for share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Defined Benefit Plans: The Company records annual expenses relating to its defined benefit plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, and turnover rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. Under relevant accounting rules, when almost all of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized gains and losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participants. As such, depending on the specific plan, the Company amortizes gains and losses over periods ranging from nine to twenty-seven years. Prior service costs will be amortized over periods ranging from one to seventeen years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method. The Company utilizes a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.

The benefit obligation and plan assets for the Company's defined benefit plans are presented on a net basis according to the plans' net funded status and measured as of December 31, 2023.

Recent Acquisitions:

On December 15, 2023, the Company acquired IPVideo Corporation ("IPVideo"), the creator of the HALO Smart Sensor, for $170 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $5 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. The HALO Smart Sensor is a multifunctional safety and security device with built-in vape detection and air quality monitoring, gunshot detection, abnormal noise and motion detection and emergency keyword detection. This acquisition adds sensor technology to the Company's physical security portfolio. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.

On December 14, 2022, the Company acquired Rave Mobile Safety, Inc. ("Rave Mobile"), a leader in mass notification and incident management, for $553 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $2 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition complements the Company's portfolio with a platform specifically designed to help organizations and public safety agencies communicate and collaborate during emergencies. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.

On October 25, 2022, the Company acquired Futurecom Systems Group, ULC ("Futurecom"), a leading provider of radio coverage extension solutions for public safety agencies, for $30 million, net of cash acquired. Futurecom designs and manufactures radio frequency repeaters. This acquisition further expands the Company's communications network and device portfolios. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.

On August 8, 2022, the Company acquired Barrett Communications Pty Ltd ("Barrett Communications"), a global provider of specialized radio communications, for $18 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition complements the Company's existing radio portfolio, allowing the Company to use high frequency and very high frequency radio communications to support mission-critical operations. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.

On May 12, 2022, the Company acquired Videotec S.p.A. ("Videotec"), a global provider of ruggedized video security solutions, for $23 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition extends the Company's breadth of high-performance video products, reinforcing the Company's strategy to be a global leader in video security solutions. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment.

On April 19, 2022, the Company acquired Calipsa, Inc. ("Calipsa"), a technology leader in cloud-native advanced video analytics, for $39 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition extends the Company's intelligent analytics across video security solutions and supports the accelerating trend of enterprises using cloud technologies to enhance safety and security. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.

On March 23, 2022, the Company acquired TETRA Ireland Communications Limited ("TETRA Ireland"), the provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service, for $120 million, net of cash acquired. The Company was an initial shareholder of TETRA Ireland and acquired the remaining interest in the entity from the other shareholders. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of delivering mission-critical voice and data communications solutions to first responders and frontline workers. The business is part of the Software and Services segment.

On March 3, 2022, the Company acquired Ava Security Limited ("Ava"), a global provider of cloud-native video security and analytics, for $388 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock and restricted stock units at a fair value of $7 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of intelligent video solutions that help to enhance safety and streamline operations. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.

On December 16, 2021, the Company acquired 911 Datamaster, Inc. ("911 Datamaster"), a Next Generation 911 ("NG911") data solutions provider, for $35 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $3 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service of two years. This acquisition reinforces the Company's strategy to be a leader in command center solutions and further supports 911 call centers’ unique organizational workflows as they transition to NG911 technologies. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.

On October 29, 2021, the Company acquired Envysion, Inc. ("Envysion"), a leader in enterprise video security and business analytics, for $124 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $1 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition expands the Company's presence in the industry and reinforces the Company's strategy as a global leader in end-to-end video security solutions. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.

On July 15, 2021, the Company acquired Openpath Security Inc. ("Openpath"), a cloud-based mobile access control provider for $298 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $29 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of three years. This acquisition expands the Company's ability to combine video security and access control solutions within Video to help support enterprise customers. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” to update reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to

assess segment performance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods beginning in 2025, with early adoption permitted. The ASU will require the Company to disclose additional expense categories at the segment level including Cost of sales, Selling, general and administrative expenses, Research and development expenditures and other charges once it adopts this ASU. The Company is still evaluating the complete impact of the adoption of this ASU on its disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,” which expands disclosures in an entity's income tax rate reconciliation table and disclosures regarding cash taxes paid both in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company anticipates that it will have additional disclosures regarding cash taxes and the income tax rate reconciliation once it adopts this ASU.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-04, “Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations,” which requires disclosures to enhance transparency about an entity’s use of supplier finance programs. The amendments require a buyer that uses supplier finance programs to disclose the program’s key terms, outstanding confirmed amounts as of the end of the period, a rollforward of such amounts during each annual period and a description of where in the financial statements outstanding amounts are presented. Only the amount outstanding at the end of the period must be disclosed in interim periods. The Company adopted ASU 2022-04 on January 1, 2023. Refer to Note 4, "Other Financial Data" to our consolidated financial statements included in this Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for the related disclosures.

2. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table summarizes the disaggregation of our revenue by segment, geography, major product and service type and customer type for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, consistent with the information reviewed by our chief operating decision maker for evaluating the financial performance of reportable segments:


	Years Ended
	2023						2022						2021
(in millions)	Products and Systems Integration		Software and Services		Total		Products and Systems Integration		Software and Services		Total		Products and Systems Integration		Software and Services		Total
Regions
North America	$	4,507	$	2,425	$	6,932	$	4,286	$	2,088	$	6,374	$	3,723	$	1,838	$	5,561
International	1,735		1,311		3,046		1,442		1,296		2,738		1,310		1,300		2,610
	$	6,242	$	3,736	$	9,978	$	5,728	$	3,384	$	9,112	$	5,033	$	3,138	$	8,171

Major Products and Services
LMR Communications	$	5,127	$	2,399	$	7,526	$	4,713	$	2,274	$	6,987	$	4,203	$	2,205	$	6,408
Video	1,115		611		1,726		1,015		508		1,523		830		396		1,226
Command Center	—		726		726		—		602		602		—		537		537
	$	6,242	$	3,736	$	9,978	$	5,728	$	3,384	$	9,112	$	5,033	$	3,138	$	8,171

Customer Type
Direct	$	3,619	$	3,396	$	7,015	$	3,368	$	3,057	$	6,425	$	3,147	$	2,842	$	5,989
Indirect	2,623		340		2,963		2,360		327		2,687		1,886		296		2,182
	$	6,242	$	3,736	$	9,978	$	5,728	$	3,384	$	9,112	$	5,033	$	3,138	$	8,171

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent the revenue that is expected to be recognized in future periods related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied, or partially unsatisfied, as of the end of a period. The transaction value associated with remaining performance obligations which were not yet satisfied as of December 31, 2023 was $9.3 billion. A total of $5.0 billion was from Products and Systems Integration performance obligations that were not yet satisfied, of which $3.0 billion is expected to be recognized in the next twelve months. The remaining amounts will generally be satisfied over time as systems are implemented. Remaining performance obligations from the Products and Systems Integration segment are equal to disclosed backlog for the segment. A total of $4.3 billion was from Software and Services performance obligations that were not

yet satisfied as of December 31, 2023. The determination of Software and Services performance obligations that are not satisfied takes into account a contract term that may be limited by the customer’s ability to terminate for convenience. Where termination for convenience exists in the Company's services contracts, its disclosure of the remaining performance obligations that are unsatisfied assumes the contract term is limited until renewal. As a result, remaining performance obligations from the Software and Services segment may be less than disclosed backlog in the Software and Services segment due to multi-year service contracts with termination for convenience clauses. The Company expects to recognize $1.7 billion from unsatisfied Software and Services performance obligations over the next twelve months, with the remaining performance obligations to be recognized over time as services are performed and software is implemented.

In October 2021, the U.K.'s Competition and Markets Authority ("CMA") announced that it had opened a market investigation into the Mobile Radio Network Services market. This investigation included Airwave, the Company's private mobile radio communications network that the Company acquired in 2016. On July 31, 2023, the CMA adopted a remedies order which implemented the price control set out in its final decision, which was suspended until the CAT dismissed the Company's appeal on December 22, 2023. Based on the adoption of the remedies order, since August 1, 2023, revenue under the Airwave contract has been recognized in accordance with the prospective price control as the contract value was subject to variable consideration constraints. The remaining performance obligations for Airwave services contracted with the Home Office through 2026, inclusive of the five month period beginning August 1, 2023, was reduced by $777 million to align with the remedies order as of December 31, 2023.

Payment terms on system contracts are typically tied to implementation milestones associated with progress on contracts, while revenue recognition is over time based on a cost-to-cost method of measuring performance. The Company may recognize a Contract asset or Contract liability, depending on whether revenue has been recognized in excess of billings or billings in excess of revenue. Services contracts are typically billed in advance, generating Contract liabilities until the Company has performed the services. The Company does not record a financing component to contracts when it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of a promised good or service and related payment terms are less than a year.

Contract Balances


December 31 (in millions)	2023		2022		2021
Accounts receivable, net	$	1,710	$	1,518	$	1,386
Contract assets	1,102		974		1,105
Contract liabilities	2,037		1,859		1,650
Non-current contract liabilities	424		363		306

Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2023 was $1.3 billion, compared to $1.1 billion of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2022 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2022, and $1.0 billion of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2021. Revenue of $37 million was reversed during the year ended December 31, 2023 related to performance obligations satisfied, or partially satisfied, in previous periods, primarily driven by changes in the estimates of progress on system contracts, compared to $26 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

There have been no material expected credit losses recognized on contract assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Contract Cost Balances


December 31 (in millions)	2023		2022		2021
Current contract cost assets	$	56	$	61	$	30
Non-current contract cost assets	119		130		124

Contract cost assets include incremental costs to obtain a contract, primarily related to the Company's sales incentive plans, and certain costs to fulfill contracts. Contract cost assets are amortized into expense over a period that follows the passage of control to the customer over time. Incremental costs to obtain a contract with the Company's sales incentive plans are accounted for under a portfolio approach, with amortization ranging from one year to eight years to approximate the recognition of revenues over time. Where incremental costs to obtain a contract will be recognized in one year or less, the Company applies a practical expedient around expensing amounts as incurred. Amortization of contract cost assets was $61 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $62 million as of the year ended December 31, 2022 and $52 million as of the year ended December 31, 2021.

3. Leases

The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land and other equipment under various operating leases.

Components of Lease Expense


(in millions)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Lease expense:
Operating lease cost	$	140	$	130	$	133
Short-term lease cost	$	1	$	1	$	2
Variable cost	36		33		36
Sublease income	(5)		(5)		(7)
Net lease expense from operating leases	$	172	$	159	$	164

Operating Lease Assets and Liabilities


(in millions)	Statement Line Classification	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Right-of-use lease assets	Operating lease assets	$	495	$	485
Current lease liabilities	Accrued liabilities	$	125	$	118
Non-current lease liabilities	Operating lease liabilities	$	407	$	419

Other Information Related to Leases


(in millions)	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021

Supplemental cash flow information:
Net cash used for operating activities related to operating leases	$	147	$	145	$	145

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	98	$	221	$	40

Assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2023 included $66 million of additional leases due to renewals of three large managed services contracts due to an assumption that it is reasonably certain that renewal options will be extended on the associated radio tower site leases. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $150 million of assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities due to an assumption that it is reasonably certain that renewal options will be extended on its radio tower site leases operated within the Airwave communications network consistent with the contract extension of the radio communication services through 2026. In addition, assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities of $34 million were recorded in connection with the Company's acquisition of TETRA Ireland.


	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022

Weighted average remaining lease terms (years)	5		5
Weighted average discount rate	4.34	%	4.07	%

Future Lease Payments


December 31 (in millions)	Amount
2024	$	145
2025	132
2026	115
2027	66
2028	41
Thereafter	92
Total lease payments	$	591
Less: Interest	59
Present value of operating lease liabilities	$	532

4. Other Financial Data

Statement of Operations Information

Other Charges (Income)

Other charges (income) included in Operating earnings consist of the following:


Years ended December 31 (in millions)	2023		2022		2021
Other charges (income):
Intangibles amortization (Note 15)	$	177	$	257	$	236
Reorganization of businesses (Note 14)	22		18		24
Legal Settlements	4		23		3
Fixed asset impairments	3		12		—

Environmental reserve expense	15		—		—
Exit of video manufacturing operations	24		—		—
Operating lease asset impairments	6		24		10
Acquisition-related transaction fees	7		23		15
Gain on Hytera legal settlement	—		(15)		—
Other	(1)		(3)		(2)
	$	257	$	339	$	286

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company revised the estimate for its liability related to ongoing remediation efforts of environmental media such as groundwater, soil, and soil vapor, as well as related legal fees for a designated Superfund site under the Superfund Act incurred by a legacy business. It is the Company's policy to re-evaluate the reserve when certain events become known that will impact the future cash payments. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company became aware of incremental costs required in its remediation of the Superfund site. As such, the Company recorded a charge of $15 million, increasing the reserve balance to $127 million. The Company discounted the cash flows used in estimating this accrual using a risk-free treasury rate. The current portion of the estimated environmental liability is $8 million and is included in the Accrued liabilities statement line and the non-current portion is included in the "Other liabilities" statement line within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest expense, net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following:


Years ended December 31 (in millions)	2023		2022		2021
Interest expense, net:
Interest expense	$	(249)	$	(240)	$	(215)
Interest income	33		14		7
	$	(216)	$	(226)	$	(208)
Other, net:
Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit (Note 8)	$	99	$	123	$	123

Loss from the extinguishment of long-term debt (Note 5)	—		(6)		(18)

Investment impairments	(16)		(1)		—
Foreign currency gain (loss)	(53)		37		17
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments (Note 6)	20		(61)		(30)
Gains (loss) on equity method investments	—		(3)		5
Fair value adjustments to equity investments	13		(30)		(8)

Gain on TETRA Ireland equity method investment	—		21		—
Other	5		(3)		3
	$	68	$	77	$	92

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic and diluted earnings per common share from net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. are computed as follows:


		Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
	Net Earnings
Years ended December 31		2023		2022		2021
Basic earnings per common share:
Earnings		$	1,709	$	1,363	$	1,245
Weighted average common shares outstanding		167.0		167.5		169.2
Per share amount		$	10.23	$	8.14	$	7.36
Diluted earnings per common share:
Earnings		$	1,709	$	1,363	$	1,245
Weighted average common shares outstanding		167.0		167.5		169.2
Add effect of dilutive securities:
Share-based awards		3.7		3.7		4.0

1.75% senior convertible notes		1.5		0.7		0.4
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		172.1		171.9		173.6
Per share amount		$	9.93	$	7.93	$	7.17

In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2023, the assumed exercise of 0.3 million options, including 0.2 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2022, the assumed exercise of 0.3 million options, including 0.1 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2021, the assumed exercise of 0.2 million options, including 0.1 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $1.0 billion of 1.75% senior convertible notes outstanding, which mature on September 15, 2024 ("Senior Convertible Notes"). The notes are convertible based on a rate of 4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount as of December 31, 2023 (which is equal to a conversion price of $201.33 per share), adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. The notes became fully convertible as of September 5, 2021, providing the holders the option to convert all or any portion of their Senior Convertible Notes. In November 2021, the Company's Board of Directors approved an irrevocable determination requiring the future settlement of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes to be in cash. Because the Company has irrevocably decided to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash, the

Company did not reflect any shares underlying the Senior Convertible Notes in its diluted weighted average shares outstanding until the average stock price per share for the period exceeded the conversion price. Upon conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes, the Company has the option to settle the conversion spread in cash or shares. The Company included the number of shares that would be issuable upon conversion in the Company’s computation of diluted earnings per share, based on the amount by which the average stock price exceeded the conversion price for the period ended December 31, 2023. The value by which the Senior Convertible Notes exceeded their principal amount if converted as of December 31, 2023 was $586 million. On February 14, 2024, the Company agreed with Silver Lake Partners to repurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in this “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of the Senior Convertible Notes.

Balance Sheet Information

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Accounts receivable	$	1,779	$	1,579
Less allowance for credit losses	(69)		(61)
	$	1,710	$	1,518

Inventories, Net

Inventories, net, consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Finished goods	$	328	$	354
Work-in-process and production materials	640		829
	968		1,183
Less inventory reserves	(141)		(128)
	$	827	$	1,055

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Current contract cost assets (Note 2)	$	56	$	61
Contractor receivables	40		47
Tax-related deposits (Note 7)	32		33
Other	229		242
	$	357	$	383

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Land	$	5	$	5
Leasehold improvements	448		456
Machinery and equipment	2,396		2,303
	2,849		2,764
Less accumulated depreciation	(1,885)		(1,837)
	$	964	$	927

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company entered into an arrangement to sell its Richmond, British Columbia and Richardson, Texas video manufacturing operations, including the machinery and equipment, inventory, transfer of employees and related facility lease to a contract manufacturer. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company presented the assets and liabilities as held for sale in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognized an impairment loss of $24 million on the exit of video manufacturing operations within Other charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, as

the carrying value of the asset group was below the expected selling price. The Company closed the transaction on February 1, 2024.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company signed a mutual agreement with the Home Office of the United Kingdom (the "Home Office") for the Company to exit the Emergency Services Network ("ESN") communications systems contract early, inclusive of twelve months of transition services through the end of 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a fixed asset impairment loss of $147 million related to assets constructed and used in the deployment of the ESN services contract with the Home Office based on its expectation that, more likely than not, the ESN long-lived asset group will be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The impairment loss was recorded in the Software and Services segment within cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $179 million, $183 million and $202 million, respectively.

Investments

Investments consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022





Common stock	$	28	$	21
Strategic investments, at cost	28		45
Company-owned life insurance policies	74		69
Equity method investments	13		12

	$	143	$	147

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company recognized a gain of $12 million and a loss of $11 million, respectively, in Other income (expense) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to a change in the fair value of its investment in Evolv Technologies Holdings, Inc.

Strategic investments include investments in non-public technology-driven startup companies. Strategic investments do not have a readily determinable fair value and are recorded at cost, less any impairment, and adjusted for changes resulting from observable, orderly transactions for identical or similar securities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $16 million investment impairment charge, compared to a $1 million investment impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2022 and no investment impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2021, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s strategic equity investment portfolio.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Defined benefit plan assets (Note 8)	$	98	$	164
Non-current contract cost assets (Note 2)	119		130
Other	57		16
	$	274	$	310

Accounts Payable

The Company utilizes a supplier finance program that provides suppliers with the ability to accelerate payment on the Company's invoices beyond the stated payment terms. Under the terms of this program, the Company agrees to pay an intermediary the stated amount of confirmed invoices on the stated maturity dates of the invoices, and the supplier is able to negotiate earlier payment terms with the intermediary. The Company or the intermediary may terminate the agreement at any time upon 60 days' notice. The Company does not provide any forms of guarantees under this arrangement. Supplier participation in the program is solely at the supplier's discretion, and the participating suppliers negotiate their arrangements directly with the intermediary. The Company has no economic interest in a supplier's decision to participate in the program, and their participation has no bearing on our payment terms or amounts due. The stated invoice payment terms range from 75 to 120 days from the invoice date and are considered commercially reasonable.

The Company's outstanding amounts related to the suppliers participating in this program was $35 million and $37 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Supplier finance program obligations are classified as Accounts payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table displays a rollforward of the confirmed amount of supplier finance obligations from January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023:


(in millions)	2023
Confirmed obligations at the beginning of the year	$	37
Invoices confirmed during the year	114
Confirmed invoices paid during the year	(116)
Confirmed obligations outstanding at the end of the year	$	35

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Compensation	$	407	$	374
Tax liabilities (Note 7)	231		367

Dividend payable	163		148
Trade liabilities	140		145
Operating lease liabilities (Note 3)	125		118
Customer reserves	89		78
Other	349		408
	$	1,504	$	1,638

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Defined benefit plans (Note 8)	$	939	$	1,004
Non-current contract liabilities (Note 2)	424		363
Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 7)	26		29
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)	55		73

Environmental Reserve	119		108
Other	178		114
	$	1,741	$	1,691

Stockholders’ Equity Information

Share Repurchase Program: Through a series of actions, including approval in November 2023 to increase the authorized amount by $2.0 billion, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase in the aggregate up to $18.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had used approximately $15.5 billion of the share repurchase authority, excluding transaction costs and excise tax, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $2.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases. As of January 1, 2023, the Company's share repurchases in excess of issuances are subject to a 1% excise tax enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which was $4 million as of December 31, 2023.

The Company's share repurchases for 2023, 2022, and 2021 can be summarized as follows:


Year	Shares Repurchased (in millions)	Average Price		Amount (in millions)
2023	2.9	$	278.56	$	804
2022	3.7	225.00		836
2021	2.5	208.41		528

Payment of Dividends: On November 16, 2023, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend from $0.88 per share of common stock to $0.98 per share of common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company paid $589 million, $530 million, and $482 million, respectively, in cash dividends to holders of its common stock. On January 12, 2024, the Company paid an additional $163 million in cash dividends to holders of its common stock.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table displays the changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, including amounts reclassified into income, and the affected line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:


	Years ended December 31
	2023		2022		2021
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments:
Balance at beginning of period	$	(539)	$	(384)	$	(360)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment	61		(156)		(30)
Tax benefit (expense)	(4)		1		6




Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	57		(155)		(24)
Balance at end of period	$	(482)	$	(539)	$	(384)
Derivative instruments:
Balance at beginning of period	$	—	$	—	$	—
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment	(12)		—		—
Tax benefit	—		—		—




Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(12)		—		—
Balance at end of period	$	(12)	$	—	$	—










Defined Benefit Plans:
Balance at beginning of period	$	(1,996)	$	(1,995)	$	(2,086)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment	(130)		(76)		37
Tax benefit (expense)	34		18		(7)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax	(96)		(58)		30
Reclassification adjustment - Actuarial net losses into Other income (expense)	61		80		89
Reclassification adjustment - Prior service benefits into Other income (expense)	1		(2)		(8)




Tax expense	(16)		(21)		(20)
Reclassification adjustments into Net earnings, net of tax	46		57		61
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	(50)		(1)		91
Balance at end of period	$	(2,046)	$	(1,996)	$	(1,995)
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(2,540)	$	(2,535)	$	(2,379)

5. Debt and Credit Facilities

Long-Term Debt


December 31	2023		2022


4.0% senior notes due 2024	313		312
1.75% senior convertible notes due 2024	1,000		1,000
6.5% debentures due 2025	70		70
7.5% debentures due 2025	252		252
4.6% senior notes due 2028	695		694
6.5% debentures due 2028	25		24
4.6% senior notes due 2029	802		803
2.3% senior notes due 2030	894		893
2.75% senior notes due 2031	845		845
5.60% senior notes due 2032	595		595
6.625% senior notes due 2037	38		38
5.5% senior notes due 2044	397		397
5.22% debentures due 2097	93		92

	6,019		6,015
Adjustments for unamortized gains on interest rate swap terminations	(1)		(1)
Less: current portion	(1,313)		(1)
Long-term debt	$	4,705	$	6,013

On September 5, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue the Senior Convertible Notes. Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The notes became fully convertible as of September 5, 2021. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 4.9670 per $1,000 principal amount as of December 31, 2023 (which is equal to a conversion price of $201.33 per share), adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. On February 14, 2024, the Company agreed with Silver Lake Partners to repurchase $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 1.75% Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $1.59 billion in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The cash consideration will be paid during the first quarter of 2024 and is expected to be paid from cash on the balance sheet and short-term borrowings including under the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.

In May of 2021, the Company issued $850 million of 2.75% senior notes due 2031. The Company recognized net proceeds of $844 million after debt issuance costs. A portion of these proceeds were then used to redeem $324 million in principal amount of the 3.5% senior notes due 2023 for a purchase price of $341 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, the Company recognized a loss of $18 million related to the redemption in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In May of 2022, the Company issued $600 million of 5.6% senior notes due 2032. The Company recognized net proceeds of $595 million after debt issuance costs and discounts. A portion of these proceeds was then used to repurchase $275 million in principal amount of the Company's 4.0% senior notes due 2024 pursuant to a cash tender offer, for a purchase price of $279 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs, the Company recognized a loss of $6 million related to the tender offer in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company has an unsecured commercial paper program, backed by the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement (defined below), under which the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. Proceeds from the issuances of the commercial paper notes are expected to be used for general corporate purposes. The notes are issued at a zero-coupon rate and are issued at a discount which reflects the interest component. At maturity, the notes are paid back in full including the interest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2023 the Company had no outstanding debt under the commercial paper program.

Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows: $1.3 billion in 2024, $322 million in 2025, no maturities in 2026 or 2027, and $724 million in 2028.

Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a $2.25 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in March 2026 (the "2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). The 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit and fronting commitments of $450 million. An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if the Company's credit rating changes. The Company must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the 2021 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants as of December 31, 2023.

6. Risk Management

Foreign Currency Risk

The Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The Company does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.

The following table shows the Company's five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 2023 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2022:


	Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency	2023		2022
Euro	$	322	$	185
British pound	252		290
Australian dollar	(140)		(130)
Canadian dollar	76		—
Chinese renminbi	(66)		(61)

Counterparty Risk

The use of derivative financial instruments exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties. However, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instruments when the derivative is in an asset position. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk. As of December 31, 2023, all of the counterparties had investment grade credit ratings. As of December 31, 2023, the credit risk with all derivative counterparties was approximately $14 million.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the fair values and location in the Consolidated Balance Sheet of all derivative financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022:


	Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2023	Other Current Assets		Accrued Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	1	$	3
Treasury rate lock	—		$	12
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	12	$	1
Equity swap contracts	$	1	$	—
Total derivatives	$	14	$	16


	Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2022	Other Current Assets		Accrued Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	$	—	$	5
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	15		—
Total derivatives	$	15	$	5

The following table summarizes the effect of derivatives on the Company's consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:


	Financial Statement Location
		2023		2022		2021
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(4)	$	12	$	13
Forward points recognized	Other income (expense)	$	3	$	2	$	1
Treasury rate lock	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(12)	$	—	$	—
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts	Other income (expense)	$	20	$	(61)	$	(30)
Equity swap contracts	Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	1	$	—	$	—

Net Investment Hedges

The Company uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge against the effect of the British pound and the Euro exchange rate fluctuations against the U.S. dollar on a portion of its net investment in certain European operations. The Company recognizes changes in the fair value of the net investment hedges as a component of foreign currency translation adjustments within other comprehensive income to offset a portion of the change in translated value of the net investments being hedged, until the investments are sold or liquidated. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had €100 million of net investment hedges in certain Euro functional subsidiaries and £60 million of net investment hedges in certain British pound functional subsidiaries.

The Company excludes the difference between the spot rate and the forward rate of the forward contract from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. The effect of the forward points recognized is amortized on a straight line basis and recognized through interest expense within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Equity Swap Contracts

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company entered into equity swap contracts which serve as economic hedges against volatility within the equity markets, impacting the Company's deferred compensation plan obligations. These contracts are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The notional amount of these contracts as of December 31, 2023 was $15 million.

Treasury Rate Lock

In order to manage interest rate exposure, during the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company entered into Treasury rate lock agreements to protect against unfavorable interest rate changes relating to forecasted debt transactions. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges with unrealized gains and losses deferred in other comprehensive income. The derivatives will be settled upon the issuance of the related debt and gains and losses generated from the derivatives will be recognized within interest expense over the same period that the hedged interest payments affect earnings. The Company entered into Treasury rate lock agreements in a cash flow hedging relationship with a notional amount of $200 million as of December 31, 2023 and did not enter into any such agreements as of December 31, 2022.

7. Income Taxes

Components of Income Tax Expense

Components of earnings before income taxes are as follows:


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
United States	$	1,744	$	1,312	$	1,030
Other nations	402		203		522
	$	2,146	$	1,515	$	1,552

Components of income tax expense are as follows:


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
United States Federal	$	269	$	240	$	134
Other nations	125		159		98
States (U.S.)	70		83		36
Current income tax expense	464		482		268
United States Federal	(30)		(179)		(2)
Other nations	(9)		(118)		22
States (U.S.)	7		(37)		14
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	(32)		(334)		34
Total income tax expense	$	432	$	148	$	302

Differences between income tax expense computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% and income tax expense as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:


Years ended December 31	2023				2022				2021
Income tax expense at statutory rate	$	450	21.0	%	$	318	21.0	%	$	326	21.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	71		3.3	%	76		5.0	%	55		3.5	%
Non-U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings	15		0.7	%	1		0.1	%	8		0.5	%
U.S. tax expense (benefit) on undistributed non-U.S. earnings	(44)		(2.1)	%	(43)		(2.8)	%	6		0.4	%

Intra-group IP transfer	—		—	%	(77)		(5.1)	%	—		—	%
Stock compensation	(33)		(1.5)	%	(68)		(4.5)	%	(32)		(2.1)	%
Valuation allowances	(13)		(0.6)	%	(51)		(3.4)	%	(34)		(2.2)	%
Research credits	(19)		(0.9)	%	(16)		(1.1)	%	(20)		(1.3)	%
Reserve for uncertain tax positions	(3)		(0.1)	%	(6)		(0.4)	%	(10)		(0.6)	%
Other tax expense (benefit)	8		0.4	%	14		0.9	%	3		0.2	%
	$	432	20.1	%	$	148	9.8	%	$	302	19.5	%

The effective tax rate for 2023 was below the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation, the foreign derived intangible income deduction, and generation of research and development credits, offset by 2023 estimated U.S. state income taxes.

In 2021, the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") introduced its Pillar Two Framework Model Rules ("Pillar 2"), that was supported by over 130 countries worldwide, which is designed to impose a 15% global minimum tax on adjusted financial results. Certain aspects of Pillar 2 took effect on January 1, 2024, while other aspects go into effect on January 1, 2025. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of Pillar 2 on its business, as the countries in which it operates are enacting legislation implementing Pillar 2. While many aspects of the application of Pillar 2 remain to be clarified, the Company does not expect Pillar 2 to materially impact its tax liability.

Deferred tax balances that were recorded within Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, rather than Income tax expense, are the result of retirement benefit adjustments and currency translation adjustments. The adjustments were benefits of $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, charges of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and charges of $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company evaluates its permanent reinvestment assertions with respect to foreign earnings at each reporting period and generally, except for certain earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely due to the capital requirements of the foreign subsidiaries or due to local country restrictions, accrues for the U.S. federal and foreign income tax applicable to the earnings. As a result of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Tax Act"), dividends from foreign subsidiaries are now exempt

or the earnings have been previously subject to U.S. tax. As a result, the tax accrual for undistributed foreign earnings is limited primarily to foreign withholding taxes and tax on inherent capital gains that would result from distribution of foreign earnings which are not permanently reinvested, and such earnings may be distributed without an additional charge.

Undistributed foreign earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely amounted to, in the aggregate, $1.8 billion at December 31, 2023. It is impracticable to determine the exact amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities on such earnings; however, due to the above-mentioned changes made under the Tax Act, the Company believes that the additional U.S. or foreign income tax charge with respect to such earnings, if distributed, would be immaterial.

Gross deferred tax assets were $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion for December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, were $2.0 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Gross deferred tax liabilities were $1.0 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Significant components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:


December 31	2023		2022
Inventory	$	30	$	38
Accrued liabilities and allowances	77		67
Employee benefits	270		290
Capitalized items	146		95
Tax basis differences on investments	4		6
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets	(2)		1
Undistributed non-U.S. earnings	(28)		(38)
Tax attribute carryforwards	115		298
Business reorganization	9		7
Warranty and customer liabilities	22		22
Deferred revenue and costs	406		382
Valuation allowances	(63)		(221)
Operating lease assets	(120)		(116)
Operating lease liabilities	129		129
Other	10		4
	$	1,005	$	964

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had valuation allowances of $63 million and $221 million, respectively, against its deferred tax assets, including $44 million and $46 million, respectively, relating to deferred tax assets for non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Company’s U.S. valuation allowance decreased $156 million during 2023 primarily due to the expiration of the Company's U.S. foreign tax credits. The Company is evaluating a business initiative that, if implemented, could allow for additional utilization of its foreign tax credit carryforward on its 2023 U.S. tax return. As of December 31 2023, the Company was continuing to assess the initiative's feasibility and was not in a position to recognize the tax benefit associated with the utilization of additional foreign tax credit carryforward. If the Company decides to proceed with the initiative, the financial statement impact would be reflected in the period in which it makes its decision. The Company's Non-U.S. valuation allowance decreased $2 million during 2023 primarily due to a change in the realizability of certain Non-US deferred tax assets and the expiration of tax attributes. The Company believes that the remaining deferred tax assets are more-likely-than-not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Tax attribute carryforwards are as follows:


December 31, 2023	Gross Tax Loss		Tax Effected		Expiration Period
United States:
U.S. tax losses	$	129	$	27	2024-2037

General business credits	—		2		2030-2039

State tax losses	—		12		2024-2044
State tax credits	—		6		2024-2042
Non-U.S. subsidiaries:
Japan tax losses	6		2		2024-2029
United Kingdom tax losses	146		36		Unlimited

Canada tax losses	18		5		2034-2043
Canada tax credits	—		6		2037-2043
Spain tax credits	—		6		2024-2029
Other subsidiaries tax losses	49		10		Various
Other subsidiaries tax credits	—		3		Various
			$	115

The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $32 million and $35 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, of which approximately $27 million and $29 million, if recognized, would have affected the effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022, respectively.

A roll-forward of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:


(in millions)	2023		2022
Balance at January 1	$	35	$	43
Additions based on tax positions related to current year	1		1
Additions for tax positions of prior years	1		2
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(1)		(1)
Settlements and agreements	—		(4)
Lapse of statute of limitations	(4)		(6)
Balance at December 31	$	32	$	35

The Company recorded $26 million and $29 million of unrecognized tax benefits in Other liabilities at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

The Company has several US state and non-U.S. audits pending. A summary of open tax years by major jurisdiction is presented below:


Jurisdiction			Tax Years
United States			2020-2023
Australia			2019-2023
Canada			2019-2023
Germany			2018-2023
India			1997-2023
Israel			2019-2023
Poland			2018-2023
Malaysia			2016-2023
United Kingdom			2021-2023

Although the final resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the periods, and as of the dates, on which the matters are ultimately resolved.

Based on the potential outcome of the Company’s global tax examinations, the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, or the continued ability to satisfy tax incentive obligations, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next twelve months. The associated net tax impact on the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, is estimated to be up to a $4 million tax benefit.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had $23 million accrued for interest and $12 million accrued for penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $22 million and $12 million accrued for interest and penalties, respectively, on unrecognized tax benefits. The Company's policy is to classify the interest and penalty as a component of interest expense and other expense, respectively.

8. Retirement Benefits

Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plans

U.S. Pension Benefit Plans

The Company’s non-contributory U.S. defined benefit plans (the "U.S. Pension Plans") provide benefits to U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2005, who became eligible after one year of service. The Company also has an additional non-contributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan ("MSPP"), which provided supplemental benefits to individuals by replacing benefits that are lost by such individuals under the retirement formula due to application of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. In December 2008, the Company amended the U.S. Pension Plans and MSPP (together the "U.S. Pension Benefit Plans") such that, effective March 1, 2009: (i) no participant shall accrue any benefit or additional benefit on or after March 1, 2009, and (ii) no compensation increases earned by a participant on or after March 1, 2009 shall be used to compute any accrued benefit.

Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan

Certain health care benefits are available to eligible domestic employees hired prior to January 1, 2002 and meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment or retirement eligibility (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was closed to new participants. After a series of amendments, all eligible retirees under the age of 65 are provided an annual subsidy per household, versus per individual, toward the purchase of their own health care coverage from private insurance companies and for the reimbursement of eligible health care expenses. All eligible retirees over the age of 65 are entitled to one fixed-rate subsidy capped at $560 per participant.

Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans

The Company also provides defined benefit plans which cover non-U.S. employees in certain jurisdictions, principally the U.K. and Germany (the “Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”). Other pension plans outside of the U.S. are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.

In June 2015, the Company amended its non-U.S. defined benefit plan within the United Kingdom by closing future benefit accruals to all participants effective December 31, 2015.

Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)

The net periodic cost (benefit) for pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits plans was as follows:


	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans						Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans						Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021		2023		2022		2021		2023		2022		2021
Service cost	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	—
Interest cost	190		128		115		56		29		21		5		2		1
Expected return on plan assets	(293)		(254)		(235)		(108)		(93)		(99)		(13)		(12)		(11)
Amortization of:
Unrecognized net loss	22		62		70		37		14		16		2		4		3
Unrecognized prior service benefit	—		—		—		(2)		(2)		(3)		3		—		(5)


Net periodic cost (benefit)	$	(81)	$	(64)	$	(50)	$	(16)	$	(51)	$	(64)	$	(3)	$	(6)	$	(12)

The status of the Company’s plans is as follows:


	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
	2023		2022		2023		2022		2023		2022
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1	$	3,809	$	5,140	$	1,207	$	1,935	$	103	$	78
Service cost	—		—		1		1		—		—
Interest cost	190		128		56		29		5		2
Plan amendments	—		—		—		—		—		46


Actuarial loss (gain)	59		(1,329)		62		(534)		2		(12)
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment	—		—		66		(174)		—		—


Benefit payments	(130)		(130)		(45)		(50)		(14)		(11)
Benefit obligation at December 31	$	3,928	$	3,809	$	1,347	$	1,207	$	96	$	103
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at January 1	$	3,076	$	4,157	$	1,092	$	1,870	$	134	$	186
Return on plan assets	324		(954)		56		(555)		14		(41)
Company contributions	3		3		9		8		—		—


Foreign exchange valuation adjustment	—		—		60		(181)		—		—

Benefit payments	(130)		(130)		(45)		(50)		(14)		(11)
Fair value at December 31	$	3,273	$	3,076	$	1,172	$	1,092	$	134	$	134
Funded status of the plan	$	(655)	$	(733)	$	(175)	$	(115)	$	38	$	31
Unrecognized net loss	1,695		1,689		829		758		68		70
Unrecognized prior service benefit (cost)	—		—		(67)		(70)		44		46
Prepaid pension cost	$	1,040	$	956	$	587	$	573	$	150	$	147
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:
Current benefit liability	$	(2)	$	(3)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Non-current benefit liability	(653)		(730)		(210)		(185)		—		—
Non-current benefit asset	—		—		35		70		38		31
Deferred income taxes	403		403		102		83		31		32
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	1,292		1,286		660		605		81		84
Prepaid pension cost	$	1,040	$	956	$	587	$	573	$	150	$	147

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the primary driver of the increase in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans' benefit obligation was higher actuarial losses due to a decrease in the discount rate from 5.20% as of December 31, 2022 to 5.01% as of December 31, 2023, partially offset by actuarial gains in the benefit obligation due to updated lump-sum interest rates and mortality. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the primary driver of the decrease in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans benefit obligation was higher actuarial gains due to an increase in the discount rate from 2.98% as of December 31, 2021 to 5.20% as of December 31, 2022.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the most significant drivers of the increase in Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans' benefit obligation were the higher actuarial losses coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects. The Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans incurred actuarial losses primarily due to decreases in the discount rates from 4.60% as of December 31, 2022 to 4.30% as of December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the most significant drivers of the decrease in Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans' benefit obligation were the higher actuarial gains coupled with favorable foreign exchange effects. The Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans incurred actuarial gains primarily due to an increase in the discount rate from 1.82% as of December 31, 2021 to 4.60% as of December 31, 2022.

Actuarial Assumptions

Certain actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate and the long-term rate of return on plan assets have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic cost and the benefit obligation. The assumed discount rates reflect the prevailing market rates of a universe of high-quality, non-callable, corporate bonds currently available that, if the obligation were settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The long-term rates of return on plan assets represent an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income, cash and other investments similar to the actual investment mix. In determining the long-term return on plan assets, the Company considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which the Company expects the plan funds to be invested.

The Company uses a full yield curve approach to estimate interest and service cost components of net periodic cost (benefit) for defined benefit pension and other post-retirement benefit plans. The full yield curve approach requires the application of the specific spot rate along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.

The Company used "Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2021" to calculate both the 2023 U.S. projected benefit obligations and the 2022 U.S. projected benefit obligations.

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans at the beginning of the fiscal year were as follows:


	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
	2023		2022		2023		2022		2023		2022

Discount rate	5.09	%	2.52	%	4.68	%	1.68	%	5.05	%	2.78	%
Investment return assumption	7.87	%	6.76	%	6.18	%	4.78	%	8.00	%	6.90	%

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:


	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
	2023		2022		2023		2022		2023		2022
Discount rate	5.01	%	5.20	%	4.30	%	4.60	%	4.92	%	5.10	%
Future compensation increase rate	n/a		n/a		0.67	%	0.67	%	n/a		n/a

The following table presents the accumulated benefit obligation, projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have an accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:


	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans				Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 31	2023		2022		2023		2022
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	3,928	$	3,809	$	1,346	$	1,206
Projected benefit obligation	3,928		3,809		1,347		1,207
Fair value of plan assets	3,273		3,076		1,172		1,092

Investment Policy

The individual plans have adopted an investment policy designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plans retain professional advisors and investment managers that invest plan assets into various classes including, but not limited to: equity and fixed income securities, cash, cash equivalents, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate. The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic cost. The individual plans have target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted periodically when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level.

The weighted-average asset allocations by asset categories for all pension plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan were as follows:


	All Pension Benefit Plans				Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
December 31	2023		2022		2023		2022
Target Mix:
Equity securities	26	%	25	%	28	%	28	%
Fixed income securities	56	%	57	%	51	%	52	%
Cash and other investments	18	%	18	%	21	%	20	%
Actual Mix:
Equity securities	26	%	25	%	28	%	28	%
Fixed income securities	56	%	56	%	52	%	52	%
Cash and other investments	18	%	19	%	20	%	20	%

Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and foreign equities. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities including: U.S. treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as foreign debt securities. In the cash and other investments asset class, investments may include, but are not limited to: cash, cash equivalents, commodities, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate.

Cash Funding

The Company made $3 million of contributions to its U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during each of 2023 and 2022. The Company contributed $9 million and $8 million to its Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company made no contributions to its Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in 2023 or 2022.

Expected Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:


Year	U.S. Pension Benefit Plans		Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans		Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2024	$	183	$	47	$	15
2025	205		50		14
2026	224		51		12
2027	242		52		11
2028	260		53		9
2029-2033	1,409		271		30

Other Benefit Plans

Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements

The Company maintains a number of endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies on now-retired officers under a frozen plan. The Company had purchased the life insurance policies to insure the lives of employees and then entered into a separate agreement with the employees that split the policy benefits between the Company and the employee. Motorola Solutions owns the policies, controls all rights of ownership, and may terminate the insurance policies. To effect the split-dollar arrangement, Motorola Solutions endorsed a portion of the death benefits to the employee and upon the death of the employee, the employee’s beneficiary typically receives the designated portion of the death benefits directly from the insurance company and the Company receives the remainder of the death benefits. It is currently expected that minimal cash payments will be required to fund these policies.

The net periodic pension cost for these split-dollar life insurance arrangements was $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company has recorded a liability representing the actuarial present value of the future death benefits as of the employees’ expected retirement date of $52 million and $54 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan (“the Plan”) for certain eligible participants. Under the Plan, participants may elect to defer base salary and cash incentive compensation in excess of 401(k) plan limitations. Participants under the Plan may choose to invest their deferred amounts in the same investment alternatives available under the 401(k) plan (as defined below). The Plan also allows for Company matching contributions for the following: (i) the first 4% of compensation deferred under the Plan, subject to a maximum of $50,000 for officers elected by the board of directors of the Company, (ii) lost matching amounts that would have been made under the 401(k) plan if participants had not participated in the Plan, and (iii) discretionary amounts as approved by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the board of directors.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has various defined contribution plans, in which all eligible employees may participate. In the U.S., the Motorola Solutions 401(k) plan (the "401(k) plan") is a contributory plan. Matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ contributions. The Company’s expenses for material defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were $45 million, $43 million and $36 million, respectively.

Under the 401(k) plan, the Company may make an additional discretionary matching contribution to eligible employees. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company made no discretionary contributions.

9. Share-Based Compensation and Other Incentive Plans

The Company grants options and stock appreciation rights to acquire shares of common stock to certain employees and to existing option holders of acquired companies in connection with the merging of option plans following an acquisition. Each option and stock appreciation right granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of five to ten years and vest over two to three years. In conjunction with a change in control, stock options and stock appreciation rights assumed or replaced with comparable stock options or stock appreciation rights only become exercisable if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.

Restricted stock grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees. The grants are restricted in such that they are subject to vesting conditions; however, restricted stock holders have voting rights, and the rights to earn dividends on unvested shares.

Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees and non-employee directors. The grants are restricted such that they are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the employee. In conjunction with a change in control, shares of RSUs assumed or replaced with comparable shares of RSUs will only have the restrictions lapse if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.

Performance-based stock options (“performance options”), market stock units ("MSUs"), and performance stock units ("PSUs") have been granted to certain Company executive officers. Performance options have a three-year performance period and are granted as a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. Each performance option granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of ten years. Shares ultimately issued for performance option awards granted are based on the actual total shareholder return (“TSR”) compared to the S&P 500 over the three-year performance period based on a payout factor that corresponds to actual TSR results as established at the date of grant. Vesting occurs on the third anniversary of the grant date. Under the terms of the MSUs, vesting is conditioned upon continuous employment until the vesting date and the payout factor is at least 60% of the share price on the award date. The payout factor is the share price on vesting date divided by share price on award date, with a maximum of 200%. The share price used in the payout factor is calculated using an average of the closing prices on the grant or vesting date, and the 30 calendar days immediately preceding the grant or vesting date. Vesting occurs ratably over three years. PSUs have been granted as a portion of the Long Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”) awards issued to certain Company executive officers. The PSUs have a three-year performance period and were granted at a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. The number of PSUs earned will be based on the actual TSR compared to the S&P 500 over the three-year performance period.

The employee stock purchase plan allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of eligible compensation on an after-tax basis. Plan participants cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock in any calendar year. The price an employee pays per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the close of the first trading day or last trading day of the purchase period. The plan has two purchase periods, the first from October 1 through March 31 and the second from April 1 through September 30. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, employees purchased 0.4 million, 0.4 million and 0.6 million shares, respectively, at purchase prices of $194.62 and $231.40, $199.16 and $190.37, and $133.27 and $160.11, respectively.

Significant Assumptions Used in the Estimate of Fair Value

The Company calculates the value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $73.04, $67.18 and $41.57, respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:


	2023		2022		2021
Expected volatility	24.4	%	29.2	%	27.3	%
Risk-free interest rate	4.2	%	2.5	%	0.8	%
Dividend yield	1.6	%	1.9	%	2.2	%
Expected life (years)	5.9		6.6		5.9

The Company calculates the value of each performance option, MSU, and PSU using a Monte Carlo simulation option pricing model, estimated on the date of grant. The fair values of performance options, MSUs, and PSUs granted during 2023 were $122.55, $299.32 and $348.27, respectively. The fair values of performance options, MSUs, and PSUs granted during 2022 were $84.73, $244.13 and $249.51, respectively. The fair value of performance options, MSUs and PSUs granted during 2021 was $60.42, $184.71 and $203.57, respectively. The following assumptions were used for the calculations.


	2023		2022		2021
	Performance Options		Performance Options		Performance Options
Expected volatility of common stock	25.1	%	29.7	%	28.5	%
Expected volatility of the S&P 500	33.3	%	39.2	%	38.7	%
Risk-free interest rate	4.1	%	2.0	%	1.2	%
Dividend yield	1.7	%	2.0	%	2.3	%
Expected life (years)	6.5		6.5		6.5


	2023		2022		2021
	Market Stock Unit		Market Stock Unit		Market Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock	25.1	%	29.7	%	28.5	%
Risk-free interest rate	4.5	%	1.9	%	0.3	%
Dividend yield	1.5	%	1.6	%	1.8	%


	2023		2022		2021
	Performance Stock Units		Performance Stock Units		Performance Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock	25.1	%	29.7	%	28.5	%
Expected volatility of the S&P 500	33.3	%	39.2	%	38.7	%
Risk-free interest rate	4.6	%	1.8	%	0.3	%
Dividend yield	1.4	%	1.6	%	1.8	%

The Company uses the implied volatility for traded options on the Company’s stock as the expected volatility assumption in the valuation of stock options, performance options, MSUs, and PSUs. The selection of the implied volatility approach was based upon the availability of actively-traded options on the Company’s stock and the Company’s assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility. At the conclusion of each three-year PSU and performance option cycle, the Company uses the historical volatility as the expected volatility to calculate the actual TSR compared to the S&P 500.

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the year for U.S. Treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s future expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life represents the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches.

The Company has applied forfeiture rates, estimated based on historical data, of 10% to the stock option fair values calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model and 15% to RSUs. These estimated forfeiture rates are applied to grants based on their remaining vesting term and may be revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates.

The following table summarizes information about the total stock options outstanding and exercisable under all stock option plans, at December 31, 2023 (in thousands, except exercise price and years):


	Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Exercise price range	No. of options	Wtd. avg. Exercise Price	Wtd. avg. contractual life (in yrs.)	No. of options	Wtd. avg. Exercise Price	Wtd. avg. contractual life (in yrs.)



$51-$70	209	67	1	209	67	1
$71-$90	714	77	3	714	77	3
$91-$110	208	108	4	208	108	4
$111-$130	46	120	5	46	120	5
$131-$150	243	139	5	243	139	5
$151-$170	199	156	6	196	155	6
$171-$190	244	180	7	41	180	7
$191 and over	501	244	9	50	228	8
	2,364			1,707

As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable was four and three years, respectively.

Current Year Activity

Total share-based compensation activity was as follows (in thousands, except exercise price):


	Stock Options			Restricted Stock Units			Restricted Stock
	No. of Options Outstanding	Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares		No. of Non-Vested Awards	Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value		No. of Non-Vested Awards	Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 2023	996	$	128	1,211	$	211	114	$	224
Granted	120	272		715	259		23	311
Releases/Exercised	(547)	89		(521)	191		(52)	225
Forfeited/Canceled	(3)	225		(63)	224		—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2023	566	$	191	1,342	$	224	85	$	244
Awards exercisable	297	149		—	—		—	—


	Performance Options			Market Stock Units			Performance Stock Units
	No. of Options Outstanding	Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares		No. of Non-Vested Awards	Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value		No. of Non-Vested Awards	Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 2023	1,775	$	112	103	$	192	169	$	226
Granted	105	265		43	289		73	339
Releases/Exercised	(161)	118		(79)	166		(51)	261
Adjustment for payout factor	79	140		24	122		22	261
Forfeited/Canceled	—	—		(2)	135		—	—
Balance as of December 31, 2023	1,798	$	122	89	$	254	213	$	264
Awards exercisable	1,410	96		—	—		—	—

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, 7.2 million and 8.3 million shares, respectively, were available for future share-based award grants under the current share-based compensation plan, covering all equity awards to employees and non-employee directors.

Total Share-Based Compensation Expense

Compensation expense for the Company’s share-based compensation plans was as follows:


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
Share-based compensation expense included in:
Costs of sales	$	40	$	28	$	16
Selling, general and administrative expenses	116		98		79
Research and development expenditures	56		46		34
Share-based compensation expense included in Operating earnings	212		172		129
Tax benefit	43		34		15
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax	$	169	$	138	$	114
Decrease in basic earnings per share	$	(1.01)	$	(0.82)	$	(0.67)
Decrease in diluted earnings per share	$	(0.98)	$	(0.80)	$	(0.66)

At December 31, 2023, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense related to all share based awards of $243 million, net of estimated forfeitures, expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately three years and $5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan that will be recognized over the remaining purchase period. The aggregate fair value of outstanding share based awards as of December 31, 2023 was $505 million.

Cash received from stock option exercises and the employee stock purchase plan was $104 million, $156 million, and $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $152 million, $292 million, and $186 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2023 was $413 million and $355 million, respectively, based on a December 31, 2023 stock price of $313.09 per share.

Motorola Solutions Incentive Plans

The Company's incentive plans provide eligible employees with an annual payment, calculated as a percentage of an employee’s eligible earnings, in the year after the close of the current calendar year if specified business goals and individual performance targets are met. The expense for awards under these incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $205 million, $165 million and $161 million, respectively.

Long-Range Incentive Plan

The LRIP rewards elected officers for the Company’s achievement of specified business goals during the period, based on a single performance objective measured over a three-year period. There were no LRIP awards with cash settlement terms for the year ended December 31, 2023. The expense for LRIP awards with cash settlement terms was $4 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

10. Fair Value Measurements

Investments and Derivatives

The fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 were as follows:


December 31, 2023	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts	$	—	$	13	$	13
Equity swap contracts	1		—		1




Common stock and equivalents	28		—		28
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts	$	—	$	4	$	4
Treasury rate lock	—		12		—


December 31, 2022	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts	$	—	$	15	$	15




Common stock and equivalents	21		—		21
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts	$	—	$	5	$	5

Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan Assets

The fair values of the various pension and postretirement health care benefits plans’ assets by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

U.S. Pension Benefit Plans


December 31, 2023	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Equities	$	27	$	—	$	—	$	27
Commingled funds	1,230		479		—		1,709

Government fixed income securities	—		192		—		192

Corporate fixed income securities	—		894		—		894



Short-term investment funds	253		—		—		253

Private assets	—		—		157		157
Total investment securities	$	1,510	$	1,565	$	157	$	3,232
Accrued income receivable							23
Cash							18
Fair value plan assets							$	3,273

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 3 assets:


			2023
Fair value at January 1, 2023			111

Actual return on plan assets			10
Purchases			36

Fair value at December 31, 2023			157


December 31, 2022	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Equities	$	48	$	—	—		$	48
Commingled funds	1,159		488		—		1,647

Government fixed income securities	—		159		—		159

Corporate fixed income securities	—		863		—		863


Short-term investment funds	186		—		—		186
Private Assets	—		—		111		111
Total investment securities	$	1,393	$	1,510	$	111	$	3,014
Accrued income receivable							45
Cash							17
Fair value plan assets							$	3,076

Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans


December 31, 2023	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Equities	$	60	$	—	$	60
Commingled funds	289		32		321


Government fixed income securities	—		663		663


Short-term investment funds	60		—		60



Total investment securities	$	409	$	695	$	1,104
Cash					5
Accrued income receivable					16
Insurance contracts					47

Fair value plan assets					$	1,172


December 31, 2022	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Equities	$	55	$	—	$	55
Commingled funds	252		41		293
Government fixed income securities	—		491		491


Short-term investment funds	83		—		83
Total investment securities	$	390	$	532	$	922
Cash					3
Accrued income receivable					121
Insurance contracts					46
Fair value plan assets					$	1,092

Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan


December 31, 2023	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Equities	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	1
Commingled funds	49		20		—		69
Government fixed income securities	—		8		—		8

Corporate fixed income securities	—		38		—		38

Short-term investment funds	10		—		—		10
Private funds	—		—		7		7
Total investment securities	$	60	$	66	7		133

Accrued income receivable							1
Fair value plan assets							$	134

The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 3 assets:


			2023
Fair value at January 1, 2023			5

Purchases			2
Fair value at December 31, 2023			7


December 31, 2022	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Equities	$	2	$	—	$	—	$	2
Commingled funds	49		22		—		71
Government fixed income securities	—		7		—		7

Corporate fixed income securities	—		39		—		39

Short-term investment funds	8		—		—		8
Private funds	—		—		5		5
Total investment securities	$	59	$	68	$	5	$	132
Accrued income receivable							2
Fair value plan assets							$	134

The following is a description of the categories of investments:

Equities — A diversified portfolio of corporate common and preferred stocks.

Commingled funds — A diversified portfolio of assets that includes corporate common and preferred stocks, emerging market and high-yield fixed income securities among others.

Government fixed income securities — Securities issued by municipal, domestic and foreign government agencies, index-linked government bonds as well as interest rate derivatives.

Corporate fixed income securities — A diversified portfolio of primarily investment grade bonds issued by corporations.

Short-term investment funds — Investments in money market accounts and derivatives with a liquidity of less than 90 days.

Private funds — A diversified portfolio of assets that includes private equity funds and private loans.

Level 1 investments include securities which are valued at the closing price reported on the active market in which the individual securities are traded. Level 2 investments consist principally of securities which are valued using independent third party pricing sources. Level 3 investments include securities with valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including market based inputs, binding quotes, indicative quotes, and ongoing redemption and subscription activity. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had $863 million of investments in money market government and U.S. treasury funds (Level 1) classified as Cash and cash equivalents in its Consolidated Balance Sheet, compared to $490 million at December 31, 2022. The money market funds had quoted market prices that are approximately at par.

Using quoted market prices and market interest rates, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2023 was $6.4 billion, of which the Senior Convertible Notes were $1.6 billion (Level 2). The fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2022 was $5.9 billion, of which the Senior Convertible Notes were $1.3 billion (Level 2). Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange. Refer to "Note 5: Debt and Credit Facilities" in this “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of the Senior Convertible Notes.

All other financial instruments are carried at cost, which is not materially different from the instruments’ fair values.

11. Long-term Financing and Sales of Receivables

Long-term Financing

Long-term receivables consist of receivables with payment terms greater than twelve months, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases. Long-term receivables consist of the following:


December 31	2023		2022
Long-term receivables, gross	$	36	$	40
Less allowance for losses	(2)		(2)
Long-term receivables	$	34	$	38
Less current portion	(13)		(13)
Non-current long-term receivables	$	21	$	25

The current portion of long-term receivables is included in Accounts receivable, net and the non-current portion of long-term receivables is included in Other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company recognized no interest

income on long-term receivables for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021.

Certain purchasers of the Company's products and services may request that the Company provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term greater than one year) in connection with the sale of products and services. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. The Company's obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $103 million at December 31, 2023 and $65 million at December 31, 2022.

Sales of Receivables

From time to time, the Company sells accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements.

The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.


Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021
Contract-specific discounting facility	$	—	$	49	$	211
Accounts receivable sales proceeds	96		179		56
Long-term receivables sales proceeds	182		204		248


Total proceeds from receivable sales	$	278	$	432	$	515

The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $813 million of long-term receivables, compared to $891 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2022. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities of sold accounts receivables and long-term receivables.

Credit Quality of Long-Term Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

An aging analysis of financing receivables at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 is as follows:


December 31, 2023	Total Long-term Receivable		Current Billed Due		Past Due Under 90 Days		Past Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt	$	15	$	1	$	1	$	1
Commercial loans and leases secured	21		1		—		1

Long-term receivables, including current portion	$	36	$	2	$	1	$	2


December 31, 2022	Total Long-term Receivable		Current Billed Due		Past Due Under 90 Days		Past Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt	$	22	$	1	$	1	$	1
Commercial loans and leases secured	18		—		—		2

Long-term receivables, including current portion	$	40	$	1	$	1	$	3

The Company uses an internally developed credit risk rating system for establishing customer credit limits. This system is aligned with and comparable to the rating systems utilized by independent rating agencies.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Obligations

During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and help ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow it to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by the Company or establish the parameters defining the Company’s requirements. In addition, we have entered into software license agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancellable.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had entered into firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional commitments under such arrangements through 2030. The Company expects to make total payments of $469 million under these arrangements as follows: $131 million in 2024, $78 million in 2025, $73 million in 2026, $66 million in 2027, $63 million in 2028 and $58 million thereafter.

Legal Matters

Hytera Litigation

On March 14, 2017, the Company filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the "Court") against Hytera Communications Corporation Limited of Shenzhen, China; Hytera America, Inc.; and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. (collectively, "Hytera"), alleging trade secret theft and copyright infringement and seeking, among other things, injunctive relief, compensatory damages and punitive damages. On February 14, 2020, the Company announced that a jury decided in the Company's favor in its trade secret theft and copyright infringement case. In connection with this verdict, the jury awarded the Company $345.8 million in compensatory damages and $418.8 million in punitive damages, for a total of $764.6 million. In a series of post-trial rulings in 2021, the Court subsequently reduced the judgment to $543.7 million, but also ordered Hytera to pay the Company $51.1 million in pre-judgment interest and $2.6 million in costs, as well as $34.2 million in attorneys' fees. The Company continues to seek collection of the judgment through the ongoing legal process.

On December 17, 2020, the Court held that Hytera must pay the Company a forward-looking reasonable royalty on products that use the Company’s stolen trade secrets, and on December 15, 2021, set royalty rates for Hytera's sale of relevant products from July 1, 2019 forward. On July 5, 2022, the Court ordered that Hytera pay into a third-party escrow on July 31, 2022, the royalties owed to the Company based on the sale of relevant products from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2022. Hytera failed to make the required royalty payment on July 31, 2022. On August 1, 2022, Hytera filed a motion to modify or stay the Court's previous July 5, 2022 royalty order, which the Court denied on July 11, 2023. On August 3, 2022, the Company filed a motion seeking to hold Hytera in civil contempt for violating the royalty order by not making the required royalty payment on July 31, 2022. On August 26, 2023, the Court granted the Company's contempt motion. As a result, on September 1, 2023, Hytera made a payment of $56 million into the third-party escrow. In addition to the September 1, 2023 payment of $56 million, Hytera has made de minimis quarterly royalty payments into the third-party escrow from October 2022 through January 2024. The aggregate amount paid into escrow will not be recognized until all contingencies are resolved and such amount is released from escrow.

Following the February 14, 2020 verdict and judgment in the Company's favor, Hytera subsequently filed several notices of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit (the "Court of Appeals"), including a notice of appeal filed on August 2, 2022 which appealed the orders related to the jury's verdict as well as the Court's royalty order. The Company filed its cross-appeal on August 5, 2022. The Court of Appeals heard oral arguments on the parties' appeals on December 5, 2023.

Hytera Bankruptcy Proceedings

Separate from the Company's litigation with Hytera, on May 27, 2020, Hytera America, Inc. and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. each filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On February 11, 2022, the Court entered an order to confirm the liquidation plan for the two Hytera entities and the distributions were made on February 25, 2022 to the creditors, including a distribution of $13 million to the Company. On December 22, 2022, an additional distribution of $2 million was made to the Company as well as an assignment of various delinquent accounts receivable of the bankrupt Hytera entities. The gains for the two monetary distributions were recorded to Other charges (income) in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

13. Information by Segment and Geographic Region

The Company conducts its business globally and manages it through the following two segments:

Products and Systems Integration: The Products and Systems Integration segment offers an extensive portfolio of infrastructure, devices, accessories, video security devices and infrastructure, and the implementation and integration of such systems, devices, and applications. Within LMR Communications, the Company is a global leader in the two-way radio category, including the Company’s Project 25 ("P25"), Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA), Digital Mobile Radio (DMR), as well as other professional and commercial radio (“PCR”) solutions. The Company provides LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including devices operating in 700 MHz, 900 MHz and Citizens' Broadband Radio Service (CBRS) frequencies. The Company's Video technology includes network video management infrastructure, fixed security, certain mobile video equipment and access control solutions. The primary customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are government, public safety and commercial customers who operate private communications networks and video security solutions and typically manage a mobile workforce. In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $6.2 billion, representing 63% of the Company's consolidated net sales.

Software and Services: The Software and Services segment provides a broad range of solution offerings for government, public safety and commercial customers. Software includes public safety and enterprise Command Center, unified communications applications, certain mobile video equipment, and video software solutions, delivered both on-premise and “as-a-service.” Services includes a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced technologies include monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operation of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned communications networks. In 2023, the segment’s net sales were $3.7 billion, representing 37% of the Company's consolidated net sales.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales.

Segment Information

The following table summarizes Net sales and Operating earnings by segment:


	Net Sales						Operating Earnings
Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021		2023		2022		2021
Products and Systems Integration	$	6,242	$	5,728	$	5,033	$	1,244	$	913	$	760
Software and Services	3,736		3,384		3,138		1,050		748		907
	$	9,978	$	9,112	$	8,171	$	2,294	$	1,661	$	1,667
Total other expense							(148)		(146)		(115)
Net earnings before income taxes							$	2,146	$	1,515	$	1,552

The following table summarizes the Company's capital expenditures and depreciation expense by segment:


	Capital Expenditures						Depreciation Expense
Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021		2023		2022		2021
Products and Systems Integration	$	97	$	77	$	90	$	83	$	79	$	87
Software and Services	156		179		153		96		104		115
	$	253	$	256	$	243	$	179	$	183	$	202

The Company's "chief operating decision maker" does not review or allocate resources based on segment assets.

Geographic Area Information


	Net Sales						Assets
Years ended December 31	2023		2022		2021		2023		2022		2021
United States	$	6,559	$	6,008	$	5,236	$	10,207	$	9,227	$	9,420
United Kingdom	$	769	$	789	$	849	$	2,034	$	2,321	$	1,588
Canada	$	373	$	366	$	324	$	362	$	394	$	950
Other, net of eliminations	$	2,277	$	1,949	$	1,762	$	733	$	872	$	231
	$	9,978	$	9,112	$	8,171	$	13,336	$	12,814	$	12,189

Net sales attributed to geographic area are predominately based on the ultimate destination of the Company's products and services.

14. Reorganization of Businesses

The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs consist of contractual lease termination costs, costs to exit committed contracts and other contractual terminations. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for employee separation and exit costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer needed because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance, or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were approved. In these cases, the Company reverses accruals through the Consolidated Statements of Operations where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer needed.

During 2023, 2022, and 2021 the Company continued to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. These initiatives impacted both of the Company’s segments and affected employees located in all geographic regions.

2023 Charges

During 2023, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $53 million, including $7 million of charges in Costs of sales and $46 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the $53 million were charges of $41 million related to employee separation costs and a $24 million impairment loss related to the exit of video manufacturing operations, partially offset by $7 million of reversals for employee separation accruals no longer needed and $5 million of reversals for exit cost accruals no longer needed.

The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:


Year ended December 31	2023
Products and Systems Integration	$	45
Software and Services	8
	$	53

Reorganization of Businesses Accruals


	Accruals at January 1		Additional Charges		Adjustments		Amount Used		Accruals at December 31
Reorganization costs	$	26	$	41	$	(7)	$	(37)	$	23
Exit costs	$	10	$	—	$	(5)	$	—	$	5
	$	36	$	41	$	(12)	$	(37)	$	28

Exit Costs

At January 1, 2023, the Company had an accrual of $10 million for exit costs related to the Company's exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. During the year, the Company recorded a $5 million reversal for accruals no longer needed. The remaining $5 million of exit costs are recorded in Accrued liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2023, and are expected to be paid within one year.

Employee Separation Costs

At January 1, 2023, the Company had an accrual of $26 million for employee separation costs. The 2023 additional charges of $41 million include severance costs for approximately 700 employees, of which 420 were direct employees and 280 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $7 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $37 million used in 2023 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $23 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2023, is expected to be paid, primarily within one year to: (i) severed employees who have already begun to receive payments and (ii) approximately 75 employees to be separated in 2024.

2022 Charges

During 2022, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $36 million, including $18 million of charges in Costs of sales and $18 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $36 million were charges of $36 million for employee separation costs and $10 million for exit costs, partially offset by $10 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.

The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:


Year ended December 31	2022
Products and Systems Integration	$	21
Software and Services	15
	$	36

Reorganization of Businesses Accruals


	Accruals at January 1		Additional Charges		Adjustments		Amount Used		Accruals at December 31
Reorganization costs	$	34	$	36	$	(10)	$	(34)	$	26
Exit costs	$	—	$	10	$	—	$	—	$	10
	$	34	$	46	$	(10)	$	(34)	$	36

Exit Costs

At January 1, 2022, the Company did not have an accrual for exit costs. There were $10 million of exit cost charges in 2022 related to the Company's exit of the ESN contract with the Home Office. The accrual of $10 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2022.

Employee Separation Costs

At January 1, 2022, the Company had an accrual of $34 million for employee separation costs. The 2022 additional charges of $36 million include severance costs for approximately 460 employees, of which 310 were direct employees and 150 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $10 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $34 million used in

2022 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $26 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2022.

2021 Charges

During 2021, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $32 million, including $8 million of charges in Costs of sales and $24 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $32 million were charges of $42 million for employee separation costs, partially offset by $10 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.

The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:


Year ended December 31	2021
Products and Systems integration	$	25
Software and Services	7
	$	32

15. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The Company accounts for acquisitions using purchase accounting with the results of operations for each acquiree included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the date of acquisition.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 15, 2023, the Company acquired IPVideo Corporation ("IPVideo"), the creator of the HALO Smart Sensor, for $170 million, net of cash acquired. The transaction also includes the potential for the Company to make contingent earn-out payments of up to $15 million based on IPVideo's achievement of certain financial targets from January 1, 2024 through December 31, 2024. As of the acquisition date, the Company estimated the fair value of the contingent earn-out to be $2 million, which is included in the purchase price. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $5 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. The HALO Smart Sensor is a multifunctional safety and security device with built-in vape detection and air quality monitoring, gunshot detection, abnormal noise and motion detection and emergency keyword detection. This acquisition adds sensor technology to the Company's physical security portfolio. The Company recognized $109 million of goodwill, $72 million of identifiable intangible assets and $11 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $8 million of trade names, $6 million of customer relationships and $58 million of developed technology and will be amortized over a period of eight, twelve and fifteen years, respectively. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such, the final allocation among income tax accounts, intangible assets, net liabilities and goodwill may be subject to change.

On December 14, 2022, the Company acquired Rave Mobile, a leader in mass notification and incident management, for $553 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $2 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition complements the Company's portfolio with a platform specifically designed to help organizations and public safety agencies communicate and collaborate during emergencies. The Company recognized $400 million of goodwill, $212 million of identifiable intangible assets and $59 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $9 million of trade names, $82 million of developed technology and $121 million of customer relationships and will be amortized over a period of nine, seventeen years and seventeen years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2023.

On October 25, 2022, the Company acquired Futurecom, a leading provider of radio coverage extension solutions for public safety agencies, for $30 million, net of cash acquired. Futurecom designs and manufactures radio frequency repeaters. This acquisition further expands the Company's communications network and device portfolios. The Company recognized $10 million of goodwill, $11 million of an identifiable intangible asset and $9 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset was classified as developed technology and will be amortized over a period of six years. The business is a part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2023.

On August 8, 2022, the Company acquired Barrett Communications, a global provider of specialized radio communications, for $18 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition complements the Company's existing radio portfolio, allowing the Company to use high frequency and very high frequency radio communications to support mission-critical operations. The Company recognized $1 million of goodwill, $3 million of identifiable intangible assets and $14 million of net assets. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $1 million of trade names and $2 million of developed technology, both of which will be amortized over a period of seven years. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The business is part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2023.

On May 12, 2022, the Company acquired Videotec, a global provider of ruggedized video security solutions, for $23 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition extends the Company's breadth of high-performance video products, reinforcing the Company's strategy to be a global leader in video security solutions. The Company recognized $9 million of goodwill, $6 million of an identifiable intangible asset and $8 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset was classified as developed technology and will be amortized over a period of four years. The business is part of the Products and Systems Integration segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the second quarter of 2023.

On April 19, 2022, the Company acquired Calipsa, a technology leader in cloud-native advanced video analytics, for $39 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $4 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition extends the Company's intelligent analytics across video security solutions and supports the accelerating trend of enterprises using cloud technologies to enhance safety and security. The Company recognized $24 million of goodwill, $21 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $6 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $20 million of developed technology and $1 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of fifteen and three years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the second quarter of 2023.

On March 23, 2022, the Company acquired TETRA Ireland, the provider of Ireland's National Digital Radio Service, for $120 million, net of cash acquired. The Company was an initial shareholder of TETRA Ireland and acquired the remaining interest in the entity from the other shareholders. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of delivering mission-critical voice and data communications solutions to first responders and frontline workers. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized a $21 million gain recorded within Other income (expense) on the Company's initial minority interest. The Company recognized $47 million of goodwill, $90 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $6 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $83 million of customer relationships and $7 million of trade names that will be amortized over a period of twelve years and fourteen years, respectively. The business is part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the first quarter of 2023.

On March 3, 2022, the Company acquired Ava, a global provider of cloud-native video security and analytics, for $388 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock and restricted stock units at a fair value of $7 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. This acquisition expands the Company's portfolio of intelligent video solutions that help to enhance safety and streamline operations. The Company recognized $267 million of goodwill, $165 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $44 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $144 million of developed technology and $21 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of fourteen and two years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the first quarter of 2023.

On December 16, 2021, the Company acquired 911 Datamaster, an NG911 data solutions provider, for $35 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $3 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of two years. This acquisition reinforces Motorola Solutions’ commitment to being a leader in command center solutions and further supports 911 call centers’ unique organizational workflows as they transition to NG911 technologies. The Company recognized $21 million of goodwill, $16 million of identifiable intangible assets and $2 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $7 million of developed technology and $9 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over periods of nine and fourteen years, respectively. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2022.

On October 29, 2021, the Company acquired Envysion, a leader in enterprise video security and business analytics, for $124 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $1 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over a service period of one year. This acquisition expands the Company's presence in the industry and reinforces the Company's strategy as a global leader in end-to-end video security solutions within Video. The Company recognized $79 million of goodwill, $37 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $8 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $26 million of customer relationships, $6 million of developed technology, and $5 million of trade names that will be amortized over a period of fifteen, four, and nine years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2022.

On July 15, 2021, the Company acquired Openpath, a cloud-based mobile access control provider for $298 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, the Company issued restricted stock at a fair value of $29 million to certain key employees that will be expensed over an average service period of three years. The transaction included the potential for the Company to make earn-out payments of up to $40 million based on Openpath's achievement of certain financial targets from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022. The Company concluded there will be no payout related to the earn-out payments. This acquisition expands the Company's ability to combine video security and access control solutions within Video to help support enterprise customers. The Company recognized $234 million of goodwill, $73 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $9 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $57 million of developed technology and $16 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of sixteen and two years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2022.

The results of operations for these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations subsequent to the acquisition date. The pro forma effects of these acquisitions are not significant individually or in the aggregate.

Intangible Assets

Amortized intangible assets are comprised of the following:


	2023				2022
December 31 (in millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Intangible assets:
Developed technology	$	1,156	$	447	$	1,083	$	358
Patents	2		2		2		2
Customer-related	1,566		1,055		1,519		935
Other intangibles	105		70		97		64
	$	2,829	$	1,574	$	2,701	$	1,359

Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $177 million, $257 million, and $236 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, future amortization expense is estimated to be $145 million in 2024, $132 million in 2025, $123 million in 2026, $113 million in 2027, and $112 million in 2028.

Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill, were comprised of the following by segment:


	2023				2022
December 31 (in millions)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Products and Systems Integration	$	985	$	337	$	913	$	261
Software and Services	1,844		1,237		1,788		1,098
	$	2,829	$	1,574	$	2,701	$	1,359

Goodwill

The following table displays a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill, net of impairment losses, by segment from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2023:


(in millions)	Products and Systems Integration		Software and Services		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2022	$	1,236	$	1,329	$	2,565



Goodwill acquired	227		573		800
Purchase accounting adjustments	(2)		(29)		(31)
Foreign currency translation	—		(22)		(22)
Balance as of December 31, 2022	$	1,461	$	1,851	$	3,312



Goodwill acquired	109		—		109
Purchase accounting adjustments	(2)		(29)		(31)
Foreign currency translation	—		11		11



Balance as of December 31, 2023	$	1,568	$	1,833	$	3,401

The Company conducts its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment as of the last day of the third quarter of each fiscal year. The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.

In 2023, the Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. In performing this qualitative assessment the Company assessed relevant events and circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in enterprise value, and entity-specific events. For fiscal year 2023, the Company concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Therefore, a quantitative goodwill impairment test was not required and there was no impairment of goodwill in 2023.

In 2022, the Company elected to perform a quantitative assessment for each of its reporting units to determine if the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of the reporting unit. The Company concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value and no goodwill impairment was required.

16. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The following table presents the valuation and qualifying account activity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:


	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Earnings		Used		Adjustments*		Balance at End of Period
2023
Allowance for credit losses	$	61	$	29	$	(21)	$	—	$	69


2022
Allowance for credit losses	70		28		(36)		(1)		61


2021
Allowance for credit losses	75		22		(26)		(1)		70

* Adjustments include translation adjustments

100

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2023 (the "Evaluation Date"), the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola Solutions, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our SEC reports: (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola Solutions’ management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report on the audit of internal control over financial reporting appears in "Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

During the three months ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a "Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" or "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

101

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The response to this Item with respect to directors is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Our Board - Who We Are” of our Proxy Statement; with respect to executive officers, is contained in Part I hereof under the caption “Information About our Executive Officers”; and, with respect to the audit committee, is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Committees of the Board” of the Proxy Statement.

Motorola Solutions has adopted a code of ethics, the Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”), that applies to all employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller (principal accounting officer). The Code is posted in the Corporate Governance section on Motorola Solutions’ Internet website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, and is available electronically and without charge by contacting Investor Relations at investors@motorolasolutions.com. Any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Code applicable to executive officers will be posted on our Internet website or disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "How We Determine Director Compensation," "How Our Directors Are Compensated,” "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation and Leadership Committee Report,” "Compensation and Leadership Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," “Named Executive Officer Compensation," and “CEO Pay Ratio” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership Information” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Related Person Transaction Policy and Procedures” and “Independence” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies” of the Proxy Statement.

102

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)1. Financial Statements

See Part II, Item 8 hereof.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules omitted are inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

Exhibit numbers 10.5 through 10.70 listed in this Exhibit Index are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form by Item 15(b) hereof.


*3.1						Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola Solutions, Inc., dated February 6, 2024.
3.2						Amended and Restated Bylaws of Motorola Solutions, Inc. effective as of November 17, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2022).
4.1 (a)						Senior Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor Trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor in interest to Bank One Trust Company) and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on September 25, 1995).
4.1 (b)						Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of January 22, 2001, among Motorola, Inc., Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000).
4.1 (c)						Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2014, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2014).
4.1 (d )						Indenture, dated as of September 5, 2019, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, related to the 1.75% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2019).
						Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and of all its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed are being omitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Motorola Solutions, Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
*4.2						Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
10.1						Amended and Restated Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation)).
10.2						Amended and Restated Intellectual Property License Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, between Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation)).
10.3						Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of July 30, 2010, between Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 3 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on November 12, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc.).
10.4						Tax Sharing Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation)).
10.5						Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 (f/k/a the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015).
10.6						First Amendment to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 (f/k/a the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 26, 2020).
10.7						Motorola Solutions Amended and Restated Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, effective as of May 17, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2022).
10.8						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).

103


10.9						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.10						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from February 14, 2019 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2019).
10.11						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2015 to February 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015).
10.12						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.13						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.14						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers from May 6, 2013 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2013).
10.15						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.16						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended, for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.17						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants from February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
10.18						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants from March 9, 2017 to February 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
10.19						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013).
10.20						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.21						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.22						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from March 9, 2017 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
10.23						Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013).
10.24						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.2 5						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.26						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2017 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
10.27						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.2 8						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended, for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).

104


10.29						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2017 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017).
10.30						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.31						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended, for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.32						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
10.33						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Employees on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.34						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended, for grants to Employees from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.35						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Employees from February 15, 2018 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018).
10.36						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to non-Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.37						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to non-Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.38						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to non-Section 16 Officers from February 11, 2021 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
10.39						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.40						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.41						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from February 11, 2021 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
10.42						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.43						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.44						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from February 11, 2021 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
10.45						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.46						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2015 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015).
10.47						Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.48						Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).

105


10.49						Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from January 4, 2011 to March 9, 2022 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010).
10.50						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.5 1						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 10, 2022 to March 8, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.5 2						Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown from March 9, 2015 to March 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015).
10.5 3						Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for acquisitions on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
10.54						Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
10.55						Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants from January 4, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010).
10.56						Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan dated January 17, 2013 (effective January 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
10.57						Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
10.5 8						Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restated February 11, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
10.59						2021-2023 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 11, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021).
10.60						2022-2024 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 15, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2022).
10.61						2023-2025 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 24, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2023).
10.62						Motorola Solutions Management Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of June 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2013).
10.63						Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.54 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014).
10.64						Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.55 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014).
10.65						Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors (description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How our Directors are Compensated” of Motorola Solutions Inc.’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 31, 2022 (“Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement”)).
10.66						Description of insurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses (including a description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How our Directors are Compensated” of the Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement, and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on July 3, 2021).
10.67						Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2008, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2008).
10.68						Amendment dated December 15, 2008, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008 by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.50 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).

106


10.69						Second Amendment, dated May 28, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010).
10.70						Third Amendment, dated March 10, 2014, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2014).
10.71						Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2021, among Motorola Solutions, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021).
10.72						First Amendment, dated as of February 8, 2023, by and among Motorola Solutions, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 10, 2023).
10.73						Revised and Amended Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 3, 2015).
10.74						Investment Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2019, among Motorola Solutions, Inc., Silver Lake Alpine, L.P. and Silver Lake Alpine (Offshore Master) L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2019).
*21						Subsidiaries of Motorola Solutions, Inc.
*23.1						Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
*31.1						Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*31.2						Certification of Jason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**32.1						Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**32.2						Certification of Jason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*97						Motorola Solutions, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy, effective as of November 16, 2023.
101.INS						Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document
101.CAL						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104						Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith

(b)Exhibits:

See Item 15(a) 3 above.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

107

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Motorola Solutions, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


			MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.

			By:			/S/ GREGORY Q. BROWN
						Gregory Q. Brown
						Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

February 15, 2024

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/S/ GREGORY Q. BROWN

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

February 15, 2024

Gregory Q. Brown

and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ JASON J. WINKLER

Executive Vice President and

February 15, 2024

Jason J. Winkler

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/S/ KATHERINE MAHER

Corporate Vice President and

February 15, 2024

Katherine Maher

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/ KENNETH D. DENMAN

Director

February 15, 2024

Kenneth D. Denman

/S/ EGON P. DURBAN

Director

February 15, 2024

Egon P. Durban

/S/ AYANNA M. HOWARD

Director

February 15, 2024

Ayanna M. Howard

/S/ CLAYTON M. JONES

Director

February 15, 2024

Clayton M. Jones

/S/ JUDY C. LEWENT

Director

February 15, 2024

Judy C. Lewent

/S/ GREGORY K. MONDRE

Director

February 15, 2024

Gregory K. Mondre

/S/ JOSEPH M. TUCCI

Director

February 15, 2024

Joseph M. Tucci

108